<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?>
<?db.chunk.max_depth 3?><book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" version="5.0" xml:id="index" xml:lang="en" lang="zh-CN">
  <title>桌面用户指南</title>
  <info>
    <abstract>
      <para>MATE 用户指南是一个详细叙述了 MATE 桌面环境一般使用方法的文档集合。文档的主题包括会话、面板、菜单、文件管理以及选项。</para>
    </abstract>
    <copyright lang="en">
      <year>2015-2020</year>
      <holder>MATE Documentation Project</holder>
    </copyright>
    <copyright><year>2005</year> <holder>Shaun McCance</holder></copyright>
    <copyright><year>2004</year> <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder></copyright>
    <copyright><year>2003</year> <holder>Sun Microsystems</holder></copyright>

    <publisher role="maintainer">
      <publishername>MATE 文档项目</publishername>
    </publisher>

    <legalnotice xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="legalnotice" xml:lang="en">
	<para>根据GNU自由文档许可证（GFDL），版本1.1或自由软件基金会发布的任何更新版本的条款，不允许复制，分发和/或修改本文档，没有不可变章节，没有封面文本，以及没有封底文字。您可以在此<link xlink:href="https://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl-1.1.html">链接</link>或随本手册分发的COPYING-DOCS文件中找到GFDL的副本。</para>
         <para>本手册是在 GFDL 许可之下分发的 MATE 手册集合的一部分。如果想要单独分发此手册，可以在手册中添加该许可证的一份副本然后分发，如该许可证的第 6 部分所述。</para>

	<para>各个公司使用的许多用于区别它们产品和服务的名称都声明为商标。在所有的 MATE 文档以及 MATE 文档项目的成员中，这些名称都是以全大写字母或首字母大写显示，从而表明它们是商标。</para>

	<para>本文档和文档是根据 GNU 免费文档许可协议的条款提供的，并且还有进一步的阐述: <orderedlist>
		<listitem>
		  <para>文档按“原样”提供，不提供任何明示或暗示的保证，包括但不限于：文档或文档的修改版本没有适销性方面的缺陷、适合特定目的的适用性，以及没有侵权行为。您将自行承担本文档以及文档修改版本的质量、准确性以及性能方面的风险。如果任何文档或文档修改版本存在缺陷，您(而不是最初的编写者、作者或撰写人)将承担所有必需的服务、维修或更正的费用。此免责声明是本许可证的重要组成部分。如果不接受此免责声明，那么您就没有权利使用任何文档或文档的修改版本；并且</para>
		</listitem>
		<listitem>
		  <para>无论在任何情况以及在任何法律理论下，本文档或文档修改版本的作者、最初的编写者、任何撰写人或任何分发者，或者任意这些方的任何提供者都不对任何人由于使用本文档或文档修改版本引起或带来的任何直接的、间接的、特殊的、偶然的或继发的损失承担任何民事(包括疏忽)、合同或其它方面的责任，这些损失包括但不限于信誉损失、工作停止、计算机失败或故障，或任何以及所有其它损失或由此引发的或与之相关的损失，即使这些方已被告知存在出现此类损失的可能性时也是如此。</para>
		</listitem>
	  </orderedlist></para>
        <formalpara>
            <title>反馈</title>
            <para>要报告有关MATE桌面或本手册的错误或提出建议，请按照<link xlink:href="help:mate-user-guide/feedback">MATE反馈页面</link>中的说明进行操作。</para>
        </formalpara>
</legalnotice>

    <authorgroup>
        <author><orgname>MATE 文档项目</orgname> <affiliation> <orgname>MATE 桌面</orgname> </affiliation></author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Wolfgang</firstname> <surname>Ulbrich</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>Dark Side of the Moon</orgname> </affiliation></author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Sun</firstname> <surname>GNOME 文档团队</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>Sun Microsystems</orgname> </affiliation></author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Shaun</firstname> <surname>McCance</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>shaunm@gnome.org</email></author>
        <author><personname> <surname>Karderio</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>karderio@gmail.com</email></author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Joachim</firstname> <surname>Noreiko</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>jnoreiko@yahoo.com</email></author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Daniel</firstname> <surname>Espinosa Ortiz</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>esodan@gmail.com</email></author>      
        <author><personname> <firstname>Brent</firstname> <surname>Smith</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>mate@nextreality.net</email></author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Tim</firstname> <surname>Littlemore</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>tim@tjl2.com</email></author>      
        <author><personname> <firstname>John</firstname> <surname>Stowers</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>john.stowers@gmail.com</email></author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Nigel</firstname> <surname>Tao</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>nigel.tao@myrealbox.com</email></author>      
        <author><personname> <firstname>Matthew</firstname> <surname>East</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>Ubuntu 文档项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>mdke@ubuntu.com</email></author>
        <author><personname> <firstname>Carlos</firstname> <surname>Garnacho Parro</surname> </personname> <affiliation> <orgname>GNOME 项目</orgname> </affiliation> <email>carlosg@gnome.org</email></author>
    </authorgroup>
	  
	 <releaseinfo revision="2.15" role="review">
     </releaseinfo>

    <revhistory>
      <revision><revnumber>2.15</revnumber> <date>2015-07-01</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Wolfgang Ulbrich</para>
          <para role="publisher">MATE 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.14</revnumber> <date>2006-02-03</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Karderio</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.10</revnumber> <date>2005-03-08</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Shaun McCance</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.8</revnumber> <date>9月 2004 </date> <revdescription>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.7</revnumber> <date>9月 2003</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.6</revnumber> <date>8月2003</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.5</revnumber> <date>3月 2003</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.4</revnumber> <date>1月 2003</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.3</revnumber> <date>10月 2002</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.2</revnumber> <date>8月 2002</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>2.1</revnumber> <date>8月 2002</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
      <revision><revnumber>1.0</revnumber> <date>5月 2002</date> <revdescription>
          <para role="author">Sun Microsystems</para>
          <para role="publisher">GNOME 文档项目</para>
        </revdescription></revision>
    </revhistory>

    <releaseinfo>本手册介绍了MATE桌面的1.22版。</releaseinfo>

  <othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>Christopher Meng</firstname></personname><email>i@cicku.me</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2012-2013</year><holder>Christopher Meng</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>ravix</firstname></personname><email>dr.neemous@gmail.com</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2013</year><holder>ravix</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>Dianjin Wang</firstname></personname><email>1132321739qq@gmail.com</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2012</year><holder>Dianjin Wang</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>Cravix</firstname></personname><email>dr.neemous@gmail.com</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2013</year><holder>Cravix</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>nyanyh</firstname></personname><email>rebuilty@gmail.com</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2013</year><holder>nyanyh</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>liulitchi</firstname></personname><email>xingzuo88@qq.com</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2013</year><holder>liulitchi</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>玉堂白鹤</firstname></personname><email>yjwork@qq.com</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2015</year><holder>玉堂白鹤</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>Mingye Wang</firstname></personname><email>arthur200126@gmail.com</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2015-2016</year><holder>Mingye Wang</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>白铭骢</firstname></personname><email>jeffbai@aosc.xyz</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2015-2016</year><holder>白铭骢</holder></copyright><othercredit class="translator"><personname><firstname>刘子兴</firstname></personname><email>liushuyu@aosc.xyz</email></othercredit><copyright><year>2015-2016</year><holder>刘子兴</holder></copyright></info>

  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="basic-skills" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>基本操作</title></info>

<!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
<anchor xml:id="part1-1"/>
<anchor xml:id="gosbasic-1"/>
<anchor xml:id="gosbasic-46"/> <!-- was Using Windows -->

<highlights>
  <para>本章介绍了您在 MATE 桌面下工作需要的基本技能。</para>
</highlights>

<section xml:id="mouse-skills"><info><title>鼠标操作</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-2"/>

  <indexterm><primary>基本技能</primary> <secondary>鼠标技能</secondary></indexterm>
  <indexterm><primary>鼠标</primary> <secondary>基本技能</secondary></indexterm>
  
  <!-- Notes for future development of the mouse section
  Contents list:
  * buttons
  * click, drag, etc
  * what you actually do with those: the concept of focus, selection, etc. 
    basically, an introduction to the 'noun, verb' grammar of GUIs
  * pointers
  -->

  <para>本节介绍了关于鼠标键的用途和不同指针的含义。</para>

    <para>鼠标是一种使您能够在屏幕上点击的设备。鼠标指针通常是一个小的箭头，您可以通过它来点击屏幕上的目标。在目标上点击鼠标键会进行一个特定的动作，这个动作取决于您按下的是那个键。</para>

  <section xml:id="mouse-conventions"><info><title>常规鼠标键</title><titleabbrev>按钮</titleabbrev></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-44"/>

    <indexterm><primary>鼠标</primary> <secondary>按键</secondary></indexterm>

    <para>本手册中的说明适用于三种按键右手鼠标设备，这是最常见的类型。如果您使用其他类型的鼠标或指针设备，则应注意在鼠标上找到相应的按钮。如果您使用左手鼠标，请参阅下面设置鼠标方向的段落。</para>

        <note><para>如果将鼠标设备设置为左手，则应反转本手册中使用的鼠标按键约定。这通常也隐含在大多数文档和许多应用程序中。</para></note>

    <para>有些鼠标缺少中键，如果您使用两键鼠标，您可以在系统里通过设置 <firstterm>chording</firstterm> 来允许模拟中键鼠标。如果 chording 被激活，您可以通过按鼠标左右键来模拟中键。在 MATE 里鼠标中键并不是必须的。</para>

    <para>在本手册里鼠标按键习惯用法如下：</para>
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>鼠标左键</term>
        <listitem><para>鼠标左侧的按键。这是一个主要按键，用来选择，使活动，按键等等...当您看到“点击”时，没有特别指明的，一般是指用左键点击。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>鼠标中键</term>
        <listitem><para>鼠标中间的按键。许多鼠标上有一个滚轮，按下这个滚轮就相当于点击中键。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>鼠标右键</term>
        <listitem><para>鼠标右边的按键，这一般会显示指针指向对象的上下文菜单。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>

    <para>使用 <application>鼠标首选项</application> 来交换置鼠标方向。您在阅读本手册或其他 MATE 文档时，也要习惯交换按键方向。更多鼠标选项设置，请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs-mouse"/>。</para>

  </section>

  <section xml:id="mouse-actions"><info><title>鼠标动作</title><titleabbrev>动作</titleabbrev></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-45"/>
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-6"/>
    
    <indexterm><primary>鼠标</primary> <secondary>动作</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>鼠标</primary> <secondary>术语</secondary></indexterm>
    
    <para>下面是本手册中的约定，描述使用鼠标的一些操作：</para>
    
    <!-- convert to variablelist -->
    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="63.64*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para>动作</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>定义</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para>单击</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>按下并释放鼠标左键而不移动鼠标。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para>单击左键</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>和 <emphasis>单击</emphasis> 一样，“点击左键”用在容易与 <emphasis>点击右键</emphasis> 混淆的地方。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para>单击中键</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>按下并释放鼠标中键而不移动鼠标。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para>单击右键</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>按下并释放鼠标右键而不移动鼠标。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para>双击</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>快速连续地按下并释放鼠标左键两次而不移动鼠标。您可以在 <emphasis>双击超时</emphasis> 里设置双击灵敏度，更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs-mouse"/>。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para>点击然后拖动</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>按住鼠标左键不放，然后一直按着左键移动，最后释放鼠标。</para>
                            
              <para>鼠标拖动有许多不同的用法。用鼠标在屏幕上移动一个对象，对象会被 <emphasis>拖动</emphasis> 到松开鼠标的地方。这个操作也被称作 <emphasis>拖放</emphasis>。在窗口中点击一个对象然后移动它，有时候也叫<emphasis>拖拽</emphasis>。</para>		  
			  
			                
              <para>例如，您可以通过拖动标题栏来改变一个窗口的位置，或者拖动图标的方法，把文件从一个窗口移动到另一个窗口。</para>           
              
              <para>鼠标左键通常用来执行拖动操作，虽然中键有时也可以进行拖动操作。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para>点击按住不放</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>按住鼠标左键不放。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
    
    <indexterm><primary>鼠标</primary> <secondary>动作</secondary></indexterm>

    <para>您可以通过鼠标完成以下动作：</para>
    
    <!--
    Problem with the word 'action' here, since it's already used
    to describe things like click, drag, etc. Suggestion: tasks?
    -->

    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>鼠标左键</term>
        <listitem>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para>选择文本。</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>选择项目。</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>拖拽项目</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>活动项目</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>        
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>鼠标中键</term>
        <listitem>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para>粘贴文本</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>移动项目</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>后退</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>鼠标右键</term>
        <listitem><para>使用右键可以为项目打开一个上下文菜单，如果菜单是可用的。对于绝大多数项目，当它被选中时，您也可以使用按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> 来打开上下文菜单。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>

    <para>例如，当您在文件管理器中查看文件时，您可以通过鼠标左键单击以选中项目，双击打开项目。用鼠标右键单击时会出现关于此文件的功能菜单。</para>

    <tip><para>在绝大多数应用程序中，您可以用左键选择一段文本后，然后在其他地方点击中键来粘贴。这也被称作主选择粘贴，它跟普通的剪贴板粘贴是分离的。</para></tip>

    <tip><para>要选择多个项目，您可以按住 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 键来选择多个项目，或者按住 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键来选择连续的项目。您也可以拖动一个 <firstterm>选择框</firstterm> 来选择几个项目，从空白处开始拖动鼠标然后画出一个矩形框包围项目。</para></tip>

  </section>

  <section xml:id="mouse-pointers"><info><title>鼠标指针</title><titleabbrev>指针</titleabbrev></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-7"/>

    <indexterm><primary>鼠标</primary> <secondary>指针</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>指针</primary> <see>鼠标指针</see></indexterm>

    <para>在您使用鼠标当中，鼠标的指针是可以更改的。鼠标指针的样式反映了当前的操作，位置，或状态。</para>

   <para>下面的鼠标指针显示了您鼠标移动到屏幕不同元件的样式：</para>
   
   <note><para>如果您使用不同的指针主题，则鼠标指针将与此处显示的指针不同。您的分销商或供应商可能已设置不同的默认主题。</para></note>
   
   <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/normal_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>常规状态下指针。</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 常规状态下指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这个指针在一般情况下显示。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/busy_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>繁忙状态下指针。</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 繁忙状态下指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这个指针出现在一个忙于执行任务的窗口上。此时您不能用鼠标给窗口输入操作，但您可以移动到另外的窗口中去那儿操作。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>      
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/resize_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>调整大小指针。 </phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 调整大小指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这样的指针表示您可以通过拖拽来改变对象大小。它们的位置一般在窗口边框，在面板和窗口之间的手柄。顺着箭头的方向可以改变大小。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/hyperlink_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>手状指针</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 手状指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这样指针出现在您指向了一个 <glossterm>超链接</glossterm>，例如在一个网页里。这个指针显示您可以在链接上单击载入一个新的文档或执行一个操作。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>      
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/ibeam_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>工状指针</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 工状指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这个指针出现在，当鼠标移到一个可以选择或编辑的文本上。点击可以输入文本，或者拖动来选择文本。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>      
    </variablelist>      
      
   <para>下面的指针显示了，当拖动一个项目(比如一个文件)，或者一个文本块时的指针样式。它们显示松开鼠标指针后对象将被移动。</para>      
      
    <variablelist>      
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/move_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>移动指针。</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 移动指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这个指针显示了，当您拖动一个对象，对象从原来位置到一个新位置时的指针样式。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/copy_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>复制指针。</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 复制指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这个指针显示了，当您拖动一个对象，一个对象的副本会创建在您拖到的地方。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/link_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>符号链接指针。</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject>  符号链接指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这个指针显示了，当您拖动一个对象，一个对象的 <firstterm>符号链接</firstterm> 会被创建在您拖到的地方。符号链接是一个特殊类型的文件，它指向另一个文件或文件夹。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-symlink"/>。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/ask_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>问号指针。</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 问号指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这个指针显示了，当您拖动对象时，您将要作出一个选择该做什么。将会将显示一个菜单允许您选择您想执行哪一个操作。例如，您可能要选择移动，复制，或者是创建一个符号连接。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/not_available_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>不可用指针</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject>不可用指针</term>
        <listitem><para>这个指针显示您不能在当前位置拖动对象。松开鼠标不会对拖动的对象产生影响，对象会回到原来的位置上。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/move_panel_object_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>拖动面板指针。</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 拖动面板指针</term>
        <listitem><para>当您用中键拖动一个面板，或者拖动一个面板对象时，会出现这个指针。更多相关信息，请参阅 <xref linkend="panels"/>。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term><inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata format="PNG" fileref="figures/movewindow_pointer.png"/> </imageobject> <textobject> <phrase>拖动窗口指针。</phrase> </textobject> </inlinemediaobject> 拖动窗口指针</term>
        <listitem><para>当您拖动窗口移动它的时候，会出现这个指针。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/>。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>

    </variablelist>
  </section>
</section>

<section xml:id="keyboard-skills"><info><title>键盘技能</title></info>
  

  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-51"/>

  <indexterm><primary>基本技能</primary> <secondary>键盘技能</secondary></indexterm>
  <indexterm><primary>键盘</primary> <secondary>基本技能</secondary></indexterm>

  <para>大多数您可以通过鼠标来完成的动作键盘也同样可以胜任。<firstterm>快捷键</firstterm> 的设计就是为了让您能快速地完成工作。</para>

  <para>您可以通过快捷键来完成一般的 MATE 操作，比如面板和窗口操作。您还可以在程序中使用快捷键。您可以使用 <application>快捷键</application> 设置工具来设置您自己的快捷键。更多关于快捷键设置的内容，请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/>。</para>

  <note><para>许多 PC 键盘上都有两个特殊的按键，它们是专为 Windows 操作系统设计的：一个键上有一个 Microsoft Windows™ 标志，另一个键为访问上下文菜单而设计。</para>
  <para>在 MATE 中，Windows 键常常配置成附加设置键，称作 <firstterm>Super 键</firstterm>。上下文菜单键也被用作访问选中项目的上下文菜单，就像 <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo> 组合键一样。</para></note>

  <para>您还可以设置 MATE 桌面选项，来使用键盘其他特性。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"/>。</para>

  <para>接下来的章节介绍了您可以在桌面和程序中使用的快捷键。</para>

  <section xml:id="shortcuts-global"><info><title>全局快捷键</title></info>
    

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-62"/>

    <indexterm><primary>快捷键</primary> <secondary>全局</secondary></indexterm>

    <para>全局快捷键允许您在整个桌面中使用同一个设定，而不是仅仅对当前的任务或窗口有效。下面的表格中列出了一些全局快捷键：</para>

    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para>快捷键</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>功能</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F1</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>打开 <guimenu>应用程序</guimenu> 菜单。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>显示 <guilabel>运行程序</guilabel> 对话框。个更多信息请参阅： <xref linkend="tools-run-app"/>。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycap>Print Screen</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>抓取整个屏幕。更多信息请参见： <xref linkend="tools-screenshot"/>。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Print Screen</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>抓取当前窗口。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Arrow keys</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>切换工作区到指定方向的工作工作区，更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>最小化所有窗口并将焦点转移到桌面。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>在窗口间切换。一个应有程序列表将会被显示出来，释放按键以选择一个窗口。您可以通过 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键来以反向查看这些应用程序。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>在面板和桌面之间切换焦点。显示一个您可用选择的项目列表。松开按键选择一个项目，您可用按 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键从相反方向来依次选择项目。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="shortcuts-window"><info><title>窗口快捷键</title></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-58"/>

    <indexterm><primary>快捷键 </primary> <secondary>窗口</secondary></indexterm>

    <para>窗口快捷键允许您使用键盘来操作当前的窗口。列表中给出了一些窗口快捷键：</para>

    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para>快捷键</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>功能</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>在窗口间切换。一个应有程序列表将会被显示出来，释放按键以选择一个窗口。您可以通过 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键来以反向查看这些应用程序。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F4</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>关闭当前窗口。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>如果当前窗口处于最大化的状态，就恢复为原来大小。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>移动当前窗口。当您按下这组快捷键后，您可以使用鼠标或者方向键来移动窗口。如果要停止移动，您可以点一下鼠标或者在键盘上按下任意一个键。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>调整当前焦点窗口的大小。按下此快捷方式后，您可以使用鼠标或箭头键调整窗口大小。要完成调整大小，请单击鼠标或按键盘上的任意键。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>最小化当前窗口。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>最大化当前窗口。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>空格键</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>为当前选中的窗口打开窗口菜单。窗口菜单允许您在窗口上执行一些操作，比如最小化。在工作区之间移动，和关闭。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>方向键</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>将当前的窗口移动到另一个指定的工作区，更多关于在多工作区下工作的信息请查看 <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="shortcuts-apps"><info><title>应用程序键</title></info>
    

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-59"/>
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-61"/> <!-- was Panel Shortcut Keys -->

    <indexterm><primary>快捷键</primary> <secondary>应用</secondary></indexterm>

    <para>应用程序快捷键使您能够使用键盘来使程序完成任务。应用程序快捷键可以使您比用鼠标更快速地完成一些动作。下面的列表中列出了一些常用的应用程序快捷键：</para>

    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="45.00*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="55.00*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para>快捷键</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>动作</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>创建一个新文档活或打开一个新窗口。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>X</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>剪切选中的文本或者文本块，把它们放入剪贴板中。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>复制选中的文本或位置到剪贴板。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>V</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>粘贴剪贴板内的内容。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Z</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1">
              <para>撤销最近一次操作。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>S</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1">
              <para>将正在使用的文档存到磁盘中。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0">
              <para><keycap>F1</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1">
              <para>为应用程序加载在线帮助文档。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>

    <para>作为一点附加功能，所有的程序都支持使用一组快捷键来与程序界面一同完成工作。这些快捷键通常是使您能够用键盘完成一些本需要有鼠标完成的工作。下面的表格列出了一些界面控制快捷键组合：</para>

    <informaltable frame="topbot">
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="45.00*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="55.00*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para>键</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>动作</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para>方向键或 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 键。</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>在一个接口或项目列表里的项目之间移动。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycap>回车键</keycap> 或者 <keycap>空格键</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>激活或者选中被选项</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycap>F10</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>激活应用程序窗口的最左侧菜单。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycombo> <keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap> </keycombo></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>激活被选项的上下文菜单。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
              <para><keycap>Esc</keycap></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
              <para>不选菜单项而关闭菜单，或者取消一个拖动操作</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </informaltable>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="shortcuts-access"><info><title>访问键</title></info>
    

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosbasic-63"/>

    <indexterm><primary>access 键</primary></indexterm>

    <para><firstterm>菜单栏</firstterm> 是在窗口最上面包含程序菜单的栏。<firstterm>访问键</firstterm> 是菜单栏、菜单或对话框里一个带下划线的字母，使用它您能完成一个操作。在菜单栏,每一个菜单的访问键都是带下划线的。</para>

    <para>要打开一个菜单，按住 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 键，然后按访问键。在菜单中，每一个菜单项的访问键是带有下划线的字母。当菜单出现时，您可用简单地按一下访问键来选择此项菜单。</para>

    <para>例如，要在新窗口中打开 <application>帮助</application> 程序，按 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> 打开 <guimenu>文件</guimenu> 菜单，然后按 <keycap>N</keycap> 激活<guimenuitem>新窗口</guimenuitem> 菜单项。</para>

    <para>您可以使用访问键来访问对话框上的访问元素。在一个对话框里，绝大多数对话框元素有一个带下划线的字母。要访问一个特定的对话框元素，按下 <keycap>Alt</keycap>，然后按下这个访问键。</para>
  </section>
</section>

</chapter>       <!-- Basic skills -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="overview" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>桌面概述</title></info>

<!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
<anchor xml:id="gosoverview-1"/>

<!-- MOVE THESE ANCHORS -->
<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More -->
<anchor xml:id="gosoverview-12"/>
<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About MATE Desktop Topics -->
<anchor xml:id="gosoverview-31"/>
<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About Applets -->
<anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-33"/>
<!-- Desktop Overview / To Find Out More / About Applications -->
<anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-35"/>

<highlights>
  <para>这一章将为您介绍一些桌面有关的基本组成，包括：<glossterm>窗口</glossterm>，<glossterm>工作区</glossterm>，和 <glossterm>应用程序</glossterm>。几乎您所有的工作(或娱乐)，都是在 MATE 的这些基本组件中进行的。</para>
  
  <note>
  <para lang="en">This chapter describes the default configuration of MATE.
  Your vendor or system administrator may have configured your
  desktop to look different from what is described here.</para>
  </note>
</highlights>

<section xml:id="overview-intro"><info><title>介绍</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-5"/>

  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>MATE Desktop components, introducing</primary>
  </indexterm>

  <para>当您第一次进入桌面会话时，您将看到默认的启动屏幕，以及面板，窗口，和各种图标。</para>
  
  <para>MATE 桌面主要的组成如下：</para>

  <variablelist>
    <varlistentry>
      <term>桌面</term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The desktop itself is behind all the other components on the
      desktop.  You can place objects on the desktop to access your files and
      directories quickly, or to start applications that you use often.  See
      <xref linkend="overview-desktop"/> for more information.</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>  
    <varlistentry>
      <term>面板</term>
      <listitem><para lang="en">The <firstterm>panels</firstterm> are the two bars that run along the top and bottom of the screen. By default, the top panel shows you the MATE Classic Menu, the date and time, and a set of application launcher icons, and the bottom panel shows you the list of open windows and the workspace switcher.</para>
      <para>面板可以通过定制来包含不同的工具，像一些其它菜单和启动器，小工具应用程序，称作 <firstterm>面板小程序</firstterm>。例如，您可以设置您的面板来显示当地的天气情况，更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="panels"/>。</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term>窗口</term>
      <listitem><para>大多数应用程序运行在一个或几个窗口中。您可以在桌面上同时显示多个窗口。窗口可以根据您的使用情况来改变大小，移动位置。每个窗口的顶部都有一个 <firstterm>标题栏</firstterm>，上边有最小化、最大化、关闭按钮。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="overview-windows"/>。</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term>工作区</term>
      <listitem><para>您可以在 <firstterm>工作区</firstterm> 里再划分桌面，每个工作区可以包含许多窗口，允许您归类相关的任务。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>。</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term>文件管理器</term>
      <listitem><para>通过 <application>Caja</application> 文件管理器，您可以访问您的文件、文件夹和应用程序。在文件管理器中，您可以管理文件夹的内容，打开文件。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja"/>。</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>

    <varlistentry>
      <term>控制中心</term>
      <listitem><para>您可以在 <application>控制中心</application> 里定制您的计算机，它可以在面板顶部的 <guimenu>系统</guimenu> 菜单里找到(译注：要先在编辑菜单里打勾显示)。控件中心里的各个首选项工具允许您更改系统的某一部分。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="prefs"/>。</para></listitem>
    </varlistentry>
  </variablelist>

  <para>无论普通用户还是系统管理员，都可以根据自己的需要改变设置，因而您的桌面可能跟手册里描述的不太一样，不过，本手册为您提供了一个使用各个桌面组件的指导。</para>
</section>

<section xml:id="overview-desktop"><info><title>桌面</title></info>
  <anchor xml:id="caja-desktop"/>
  
  <para>在屏幕里，桌面在所有组件的最下面。当没有窗口显示时，桌面是上下两个面板条之间的部分。您可以在桌面上放置文件夹和文件，以方便快速访问它们。</para>
  <para>桌面上有几个特殊对象：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">The <interface lang="en">Computer</interface> icon gives you access to CDs, removable media such as floppy disks, and also the entire filesystem (also known as the root filesystem). By default, you do not have the security permissions to read other users' files or edit system files, but you may need to do so something such as configure a web server on the computer.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">Your Home Folder, labeled <interface lang="en"><replaceable>username</replaceable>'s Home</interface><!-- translators, change this example as required for your locale -->, where all of your personal files are kept. You can also open this folder from the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> menu.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">The <interface lang="en">Trash</interface> is a special folder in which to place files and folders you no longer need. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-trash"/>.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para>当您插入一个 CD 光盘，一个闪存，或者其它可移动设备，或者音乐播放器、数码相机时，桌面上会显示相应的设备图标。</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <para>当您使用计算机的时候，桌面可能会被各个窗口挡住。要快速显示桌面，最小化所有窗口，您可以使用下面的操作：</para>
    
    <itemizedlist>
	    <listitem><para lang="en">Click on the <guibutton>Show Desktop</guibutton> button at the far left of the <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/>.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem><para>按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo>。</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
 
    <para>如果再点一次，则会恢复所有的窗口。另外您也可以切换到另一个工作区，同样可以看到桌面。</para>
    
    <para lang="en">You can change the color of the desktop background or the image displayed there. For more on this, see <xref linkend="prefs-desktopbackground"/>.</para>

    <note><para>您放在桌面上的文件或文件夹，将被放在您的主文件夹里的一个特殊的文件夹中，称作 <filename>桌面</filename>。像其它文件夹一样，您可以往里面存放文件(或文件夹)，唯一不同是这些文件或文件夹会显示在它们将显示在桌面上。</para></note>
  
</section>

<section xml:id="overview-windows"><info><title>窗口</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-18"/>

  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>windows</primary>
    <secondary>overview</secondary>
  </indexterm>

  <para><firstterm>窗口</firstterm> 是屏幕中的一个矩形区域，通常它的四边有一个边框，顶端有一个标题栏。您可以想像窗口是屏幕里的屏幕。每个窗口对应一个应用程序，您可以显示多个程序窗口，同时可以做几项任务。您也可以把窗口当作是桌面上的纸张：例如它们可以重叠放，也可以并排放。</para>
  
  <para>您可以在桌面上控制窗口的位置，尺寸大小。您可以控制窗口重叠在其它窗口上，这样您正在工作的窗口将会完全显示。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/>。</para>
  
  <para>每个窗口不一定非得有一个独立窗口。一个程序往往有一个主窗口，然后根据用户需要打开子窗口。</para>

  <para>接下来讲述不同窗口类型，以及您如何对窗口进行操作。</para>

  <section xml:id="windows-types"><info><title>窗口类型</title></info>
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-16"/>

    <para>有两种主要类型的窗口：</para>
    
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>应用程序窗口</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Application windows allow all minimize, 
            maximize and close operations through the buttons on the titlebar. 
            When opening an application you will usually see a 
            window of this type appear.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>对话框</term>
        <listitem>
            <para>对话框出现在一个应用程序窗口里。对话框可以提示错误，确认一个操作，或者提示您输入。</para>
            
            <para>例如，如果您在一个应用程序里执行保存命令，将会出现一个对话框询问您为新文件指定保存位置和文件名。如果您关闭一个正在忙的应用程序，它会询问您是否放弃所做的工作。</para>
            
            <para>一些对话框出现时，您不能在主窗口里操作，直到关闭它们：这种被称作 <firstterm>模态</firstterm> 对话框。另外一些可以切换到主窗口操作，这种被称作 <firstterm>非模态</firstterm> 对话框。</para>
            
            <tip><para>您可以在对话框里用鼠标选择文本。这个操作将同时拷贝文本到剪贴板 (CTRL-C)。然后粘贴到其它应用程序里。当您在互联网中寻求帮助时，您可以引用您在对话框里看到的文字。</para></tip>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="windows-manipulating"><info><title>窗口操作</title></info>

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-32"/>

    <para>您可以改变窗口的大小和屏幕中的位置。这样就可以看到更多的应用程序窗口，同一时间做更多的事情。例如，您可以一边在浏览器里查看网页，一边使用文字编辑程序；或者切换到另一个程序中做另一件事情。</para> 
    
    <para lang="en">You can <firstterm>minimize</firstterm> a window if you are not currently interested in seeing it. This hides it from view. You can <firstterm>maximize</firstterm> a window to fill the whole screen so you can give it your full attention.</para> 
    
    <para lang="en"><anchor xml:id="gosoverview-FIG-33"/>Most of these actions are carried out by using the mouse on different parts of the window's frame (see <xref linkend="mouse-actions"/> for a recap of using the mouse). The top edge of the window frame, called the <firstterm>titlebar</firstterm> because it also displays the title of the window, contains several buttons that change the way the window is displayed.</para>
    <para><xref linkend="fig-titlebar-anno-window"/> 显示了一个典型应用程序窗口的标题栏。从左到右包括“窗口菜单”按钮，窗口标题，最小化按钮，最大化按钮，关闭按钮。</para>
    
    <figure xml:id="fig-titlebar-anno-window"><info><title>典型应用程序窗口标题栏</title></info>
      
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/titlebar_window.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Titlebar of application window frame.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>

    <para>所有的这些操作也可以点击“窗口菜单”按钮完成，要打开窗口菜单，点击标题栏最左边的“窗口菜单”按钮，还可以通过键盘快捷键来打开：参阅 <xref linkend="shortcuts-window"/> 快捷键列表。下面列出您可以在窗口中进行的操作，用鼠标或键盘操作：</para>

   <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>移动窗口</term>
        <listitem>
            <para>拖动标题栏可以移动窗口，您可以点击除了按钮以外的其它任何部分，然后拖动鼠标。窗口将会随着鼠标移动。在性能较低的电脑上，移动的窗口会显示一个轮廓。</para>
            
            <para lang="en">You can also choose Move from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo>, and then either move the mouse or press the keyboard arrow keys to move the window.</para>
            
            <para>您也可以按住 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 键，然后用鼠标拖动窗口的任何部分。</para>            
            
            <para>当您移动窗口时，屏幕的一些边缘会对窗口进行吸附或阻挡，这将帮助您更容易将窗口放到桌面的边缘，或者其它窗口的边缘。</para>
            
            <para>在移动的时候，您可以按住 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键，从而水平或垂直移动窗口。</para>
            
           <tip><para>移动时如果关闭了 <keycap>Num Lock</keycap> 灯，您可以使用数字小键盘的方向键，用数字键 <keycap>7</keycap>，<keycap>9</keycap>，<keycap>1</keycap>，和 <keycap>3</keycap> 来对角移动。</para></tip>            
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>改变窗口大小</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Drag one of the borders to expand or contract the window on that side. Drag a corner to change two sides at once. The resize pointer (see <xref linkend="mouse-pointers"/>) appears when your mouse is in the correct position to begin the drag action.</para>

            <para lang="en">You can also choose Resize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F8</keycap></keycombo>. The resize pointer appears. Move the mouse in the direction of the edge you want to resize, or press one of the keyboard arrows keys. The pointer changes to indicate the chosen edge. Now you can use the mouse or the arrow keys to move this edge of the window. Click the mouse or press <keycap>Return</keycap> to accept the change. Press <keycap>Escape</keycap> to cancel the resize action and return the window to its original size and shape.</para> 
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>最小化窗口</term>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click on the Minimize button in the titlebar, the leftmost of the group of three on the right. This removes the window from view. The window can be restored to its previous position and size on the screen from the <firstterm>window list</firstterm> on the <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/> or the <firstterm>window selector</firstterm> in the top panel.</para>
            
            <para lang="en">You can also choose Minimize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F9</keycap>
            </keycombo>.</para>  
            
            <tip>
            <para>最小化的窗口在“窗口列表”中，名称外面用一个方括号 [ ] 括起来。</para>
            </tip>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>最大化窗口</term>
        <listitem>
            <para>在标题栏中点击最大化按钮，即右边的三个按钮中的第二个。它扩展窗口，使之充满整个屏幕（上下面板仍然可见）。</para>
            <para lang="en">You can also choose Maximize from the Window Menu, or press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F10</keycap></keycombo>, or double-click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end.</para>

            <tip>
            <para>如果您愿意，您可以把双击操作绑定到 <firstterm>卷起</firstterm> 窗口。请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs-windows"/>。</para>
            </tip>            
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>    
      <varlistentry>
        <term>取消窗口最大化</term>
        <listitem>
            <para>当窗口最大化时，再次点击最大化按钮将把它恢复到之前在屏幕上的大小。</para>

            <para lang="en">You can also choose Unmaximize from the Window Menu, press <keycombo>
            <keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F5</keycap></keycombo>, or double-click any part of the titlebar except the buttons at either end.</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>          
      <varlistentry>
        <term>关闭窗口</term>
        <listitem>
            <para>点击关闭按钮，关闭按钮在标题栏最右边三个按钮中最右边一个。这也会关闭应用程序。如果程序包含未保存的内容，将会将显示一个确认对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>                        
    </variablelist>

  </section>

    <section xml:id="windows-focus"><info><title>使一个窗口获得焦点</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-20"/>       
      <para lang="en">To work with an application, you need to give the <firstterm>focus</firstterm> to its window. When a window has focus, any actions such as mouse clicks, typing text, or keyboard shortcuts, are directed to the application in that window. Only one window can have focus at a time. The window that has focus will appear on top of other windows, so nothing covers any part of it. It may also have a different appearance from other windows, depending on your choice of <xref linkend="prefs-theme"/>.</para>
      <para>您可以通过下面几种方法使一个窗口获得焦点：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>使用鼠标，在窗口的任何部分点击一下，如果窗口是可见的。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在底部面板，点击 <guibutton>窗口列表按钮</guibutton>，也会显示在 <application>窗口列表</application> 上。</para>
        </listitem>        
        <listitem>
          <para>在顶部面板，点击 <guibutton>窗口列表图标</guibutton>，然后在列表里选择您要显示的窗口。<guibutton>窗口列表图标</guibutton> 在面板的右侧，它的图标里对应打开的每个窗口的 <guibutton>窗口菜单按钮</guibutton>。</para>
          <note><para>如果您选择的是另一个工作区窗口，您将会切换到那个工作区。更多工作区相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>。</para></note>
          </listitem>    
        <listitem>
          <para>使用键盘操作，按住 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 键，然后按一下<keycap>Tab</keycap> 键，出来一个窗口列表，里面用图标显示各个窗口。继续按 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 键来选择图标：选中的图标外面有一个黑色方框，对应的窗口按钮高亮显示，外面也有一个黑色边框。当你选中了想要的窗口，松开 <keycap>Alt</keycap> 键。使用 <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Tab</keycap></keycombo> 反向循环选中图标。</para>
          <note><para lang="en">
            You can customize the shortcut used to perform this action with the <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/> tool.
          </para></note>
        </listitem>      
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="overview-workspaces"><info><title>工作区</title></info>
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-39"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>workspaces</primary>
      <secondary>overview</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>工作区可以让您管理屏幕上的窗口。您可以把工作区想像成几个虚拟屏幕，您可以随时切换。每个工作区包含相同的桌面，面板，菜单。但是，您可以运行不同的应用程序，打开不同的窗口。当切换到另一个工作区时，打开的打开的程序继续运行。</para>

    <para lang="en">By default, four workspaces are available. You can switch between them with the <application>Workspace Switcher</application> applet at the right of the <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/>. This shows a representation of your workspaces, by default a row of four rectangles. Click on one to switch to that workspace. In <xref linkend="gosoverview-FIG-42"/>, <application>Workspace Switcher</application> contains four workspaces. The first three workspaces contain open windows. The last workspace does not contain currently open windows. The currently active workspace is highlighted.</para>
    
    <figure xml:id="gosoverview-FIG-42"><info><title>工作区切换器里显示的工作区</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/workspace_switcher_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Workspace Switcher. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>    
    
     <para>每个工作区里可以打开一定数量的应用程序，工作区的数量也可以自己定制：参阅 <xref linkend="workspace-add"/>。</para>
     
     <tip><para>工作区可以让您组织 MATE 桌面，当您同时运行大量的应用程序时。一种方法是每个工作区运行特定的程序：一个收发电子邮件，一个上网浏览，一个进行图像处理，等等。当然，每个人有自己的习惯，不一定非得这样使用工作区。</para></tip>
    
    <section xml:id="gosoverview-41"><info><title>切换工作区</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>workspaces</primary>
        <secondary>switching between</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>可以在两个工作区之间切换，使用下面的方法：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>在底部面板的 <application>工作区切换器</application>，单击一个工作区按钮。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>把鼠标指针移到 <application>工作区切换器</application> 上，然后转动鼠标滚轮。</para>
        </listitem>        
        <listitem>
          <para>按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>右方向键</keycap></keycombo> 切换到右边的工作区。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>左方向键</keycap></keycombo> 切换到左边的工作区。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <note><para>方向键的使用取决于您在 <application>工作区切换器</application> 中的设置。如果您改变了面板方向，工作区按钮变成垂直排列了，则要使用组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>上方向键</keycap></keycombo> 和 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>下方向键</keycap></keycombo> 来切换工作区。</para></note>
    </section>
    <section xml:id="workspace-add"><info><title>增加工作区</title></info>
      
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-40"/>         
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>workspaces</primary>
        <secondary>specifying number of</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要在面板上增加一个工作区，在 <application>工作区切换器</application> 按钮上点右键，然后选择<guimenuitem>首选项</guimenuitem>。将显示一个 <guilabel>工作区切换器首选项</guilabel> 对话框。点击<guilabel>工作区的数量</guilabel> 微调按钮，指定工作区的数量。</para>
    </section>
  </section>
  
  <section xml:id="overview-applications"><info><title>应用程序</title></info>
    
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-54"/>       
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>applications</primary>
      <secondary>overview</secondary>
    </indexterm>
   
    <para><firstterm>应用程序</firstterm> 是一类计算机程序，通过它您可以完成特定的任务。您可以用它来创建一个文本文档，像一封信或一篇报告；使用电子表格工作；听喜欢的音乐；在互联网上冲浪；或创建，编辑；或查看图片和视频。每一个任务，都可以使用不同的程序。</para>
    
    <para>要运行一个应用程序，点击 <guimenu>应用程序</guimenu> 菜单，然后从子菜单中选择您要运行的程序。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="applications-menu"/>。</para>
       
    <para>应用程序也是 MATE 的一部分，包括下面这些：</para>
    
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:pluma"><application>Pluma Text Editor</application></link> can read, create, or modify any kind of simple text without any formatting.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:mate-dictionary"><application>Dictionary</application></link> allows you to look up definitions of a word. </para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:eom"><application>Image Viewer</application></link> can display single image files, as well as large image collections.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:gucharmap"><application>Character Map</application></link> lets you choose letters and symbols from the <firstterm>Unicode</firstterm> character set and paste them into any application. If you are writing in several languages, not all the characters you need will be on your keyboard.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><application>Caja File Manager</application> (see <xref linkend="caja"/>) displays your folders and their contents. Use this to copy, move and classify your files, and to access CDs, USB flash drives, and any other removable media. When you choose an item from the <xref linkend="places-menu"/>, a <application>Caja File Manager</application> window opens showing that location.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:mate-terminal"><application>Terminal</application></link> gives you access to the system command line.</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para>此外，标准的 MATE 应用程序还包括游戏、影音、一个网页浏览器，软件访问工具，系统工具。其他安装的软件也可以添加进来，像文字处理和图片编辑。软件开发者也会提供给您一个安装应用程序的方法。</para>
    
    <para>MATE 应用程序有许多共同特性，这样可以更方便地学习一个新的应用程序。下面的篇章讲解这些特性。</para>

    <section xml:id="overview-lookandfeel"><info><title>通用特性</title></info>
      <para>应用程序提供与 MATE 桌面共同的一些特征。例如，应用程序一般都有固定的外观。这些应用程序有共同之处，是因为它们使用共同的运行库。一个使用标准 MATE 程序库的应用程序，被称作 <firstterm>MATE 兼容的应用程序</firstterm>。例如，<application>Caja</application> 文件浏览器和 <application>pluma</application> 文本编辑器都是 MATE 兼容的应用程序。</para>
      <para lang="en">Some features of MATE-compliant applications are as follows:</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>统一的外观</para>
          <para lang="en">MATE-compliant applications have a consistent look-and-feel. You can use the <xref linkend="prefs-theme"/> tool to change the look-and-feel of your MATE-compliant applications.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>菜单栏、工具栏、状态栏</para>
          <para>绝大多数MATE 兼容的应用程序都有一个菜单栏，工具栏和一个状态栏。菜单栏包括 <guimenu>文件</guimenu> 菜单和一个 <guimenu>帮助</guimenu> 菜单。<guimenu>文件</guimenu> 菜单包括 <guimenuitem>退出(关闭)</guimenuitem> 菜单项，<guimenu>帮助</guimenu> 菜单包括 <guimenuitem>关于</guimenuitem> 菜单项。</para>
          <para><firstterm>工具栏</firstterm> 是一个长条在菜单栏下边。菜单栏包括许多按钮，可以执行许多常用的操作。<firstterm>状态栏</firstterm> 也是一个长条，位于窗口的底边，显示一些当前的相关信息。MATE 兼容的应用程序可能还有一些其他长条。例如，<application>Caja</application> 文件浏览器还包括一个地址栏。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>默认快捷键</para>
          <para>MATE 兼容的应用程序，使用相同的快捷键来执行一些操作，快捷键列表请参阅：<xref linkend="keyboard-skills"/>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>拖放</para>
          <para lang="en">When you drag-and-drop something into a MATE-compliant application, 
          it will recognize the format of the items that you dragged and will handle 
          them in an appropriate manner. For example, when you drag an HTML file
  from a <application>Caja</application> window to a web browser, the file
  is displayed in HTML format in the browser. However, when you drag the HTML
  file to a text editor, the file is displayed in plain text format in the text
  editor. </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="overview-files"><info><title>文件操作</title></info>
      <para>您可以在应用程序里用 <firstterm>文件</firstterm> 命令保存文件，可以保存在计算机的硬盘上，或者是一个可移动设备，像 USB 闪存。您可以用 <firstterm>打开</firstterm> 命令打开一个文件来工作，您可以用 <firstterm>保存</firstterm> 命令保存一个文件。当您完成所有工作后，可以点击<firstterm>关闭</firstterm> 命令关闭文件。</para>
      <para>所有 MATE 应用程序使用相同的对话框来打开和保存文件，显示一个统一的操作界面。下面的内容介绍“打开”和“保存”的详细操作。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="filechooser-open"><info><title>选择一个文件来打开</title></info>
      <para><guilabel>打开</guilabel> 对话框，允许您选择一个文件，在应用程序里打开它。</para>
      <para>对话框右边的面板里，显示了当前目录的文件列表和文件夹。您可以用鼠标和方向键选择一个文件。</para>
      <para>当一个文件被选中，用下面的方法来打开它：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para>点击 <guibutton>打开</guibutton> 按钮。</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>按 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>按 <keycap>空格键</keycap>。</para></listitem>        
        <listitem><para>用鼠标左键双击该文件。</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>      
      <para>如果您打开的是一个文件夹或位置，<guilabel>打开</guilabel> 对话框将显示该文件夹或位置里的内容。</para>
      
      <para>要改变右边面板里显示的位置内容，可以按下面的操作进行：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
	      <listitem><para>打开一个文件夹，列出里面的内容。</para></listitem>
	      <listitem><para lang="en">Open an item in the left-hand pane. This pane lists places such as your Documents folder, your Home Folder, media such as CDs and flash drives, places on your network, and your bookmarks (see <xref linkend="caja-bookmarks"/> for more on bookmarks).</para></listitem>
	      <listitem><para>在文件列表上面点击一个路径按钮。它里面包含您访问过的历史记录。如果路径太长，请使用箭头按钮来移动这个按钮条。</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
      <para>在 <guilabel>打开</guilabel> 对话框的下边，还有更多选项用来指定其他选项。</para>
              
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-filter"><info><title>指定文件类型</title></info>
        <para>您可以让文件列表只显示指定类型的文件。要做到这一步，请从下来列表中选择一个文件类型。列表里文件类型的多少，取决于您使用的应用程序。例如，图像程序里会列出各种图片格式文件，文本编辑器程序里会列出各种文本格式文件。</para>
      </section>
      
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-find"><info><title>即输即查</title></info>
          <para>如果您知道您要打开的文件名，可以输入它：文件列表将跳到跟您输入字符相同的文件名处。方向键可以从这些文件里选择。您输入的字符出现在一个小浮动窗口里。</para>
          <para>要取消即输即查，按一下 <keycap>Esc 键</keycap>。</para>    
      </section>
      
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-folder"><info><title>选择文件夹</title></info>
        <para lang="en">You might sometimes need to choose a folder to work with rather than open a file. For example, if you use <link xlink:href="help:engrampa"><application>Archive Manager</application></link> to extract files from an archive, you need to choose a folder to place the files into. In this case, the files in the current location are greyed out, and pressing <guibutton>Open</guibutton> when a folder is selected will choose that folder.</para>
      </section>      
           
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-location"><info><title>打开位置</title></info>
        <para>您可以输入文件的完整或相对路径来打开它。按 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> 或点击窗口左上部的按钮来显示(或隐藏)位置栏。另外，输入 <filename>/</filename> 开头也会自动显示 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 栏。</para>
        <para>从当前位置输入一个路径，或者一个绝对路径从 <filename>/</filename> 或 <filename>~/</filename>开始。<guilabel>位置</guilabel> 栏可以用下面的方法来简单输全文件名：</para>
        <itemizedlist>
	        <listitem><para>显示一个可能会输入的文件和文件夹的名称列表，使用 <keycap>下方向键</keycap> 和 <keycap>上方向键</keycap> 和 <keycap>回车键</keycap> 从列表里选择。</para></listitem>
	        <listitem><para>如果输入的文件名在列表里是唯一的，那么文件名会自动补全。按 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 键接受提示的文本。例如，如果您输入“Do” ，这个文件夹里只有一个“Do”开头的 <filename>文档</filename>，那么文件名将完整地出现在位置栏里。</para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </section>
      
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-remote"><info><title>打开远程位置</title></info>
        <para>您可以通过左侧栏的位置，打开一个远程位置的文件，或者在 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 栏输入远程位置。</para>
        <para>如果需要一个密码来访问远程位置，打开时将会将显示一个询问提示。</para>
      </section> 
                   
      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-bookmarks"><info><title>添加和删除书签</title></info>
        <para>要添加当前位置到书签列表，点击 <guibutton>添加</guibutton>，或在文件夹列表中，在文件夹上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>添加书签</guimenuitem>。您也可以通过拖动当前位置的任何文件夹到书签列表中，从而添加一个书签。</para>
        <para>要从列表中删除一个书签，选中它然后点击 <guibutton>删除</guibutton>。</para>
        <note><para>改变书签列表，同时也会影响到 <guimenu>位置</guimenu> 菜单。更多书签的相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-bookmarks"/>。</para></note>
      </section>      

      <section xml:id="filechooser-open-hidden"><info><title>显示隐藏文件</title></info>
          <para>要在文件列表中显示隐藏文件，在文件列表中点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>显示隐藏文件</guimenuitem>。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-managing-hidden-files"/>。</para>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="filechooser-save"><info><title>保存文件</title></info>
        <para>当您在程序里第一次保存文件时，<guilabel>保存</guilabel> 对话框将询问您保存位置和文件名。以后的再保存就会自动存储到这个文件中。要保存成一个新文件，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>另存为</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        <para>您可以输入一个文件名并从书签的常用位置列表中选择一个来保存。</para>
                          
        <section xml:id="filechooser-save-expanded"><info><title>保存到其他位置</title></info>
          <para>要保存文件到一个其他位置，点击 <guilabel>浏览其他文件夹</guilabel> 展开按钮。然后显示一个类似于 <guilabel>打开</guilabel> 对话框的文件浏览面板。</para>
          <tip><para lang="en">The expanded <guilabel>Save File</guilabel> dialog has the same features as the <guilabel>Open File</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend="filechooser-open"/>), such as filtering, find-as-you-type, and adding and removing bookmarks.</para></tip>
        </section>   
        
        <section xml:id="filechooser-save-overwrite"><info><title>替换已存在的文件</title></info>
          <para>如果输入的文件名已经存在，将会显示是否替换已经存在文件的提示。您也可以在列表中选择一个文件来覆盖。</para>
        </section>         
               
        <section xml:id="filechooser-save-path"><info><title>输入路径</title></info>
          <para>要指定一个路径来保存文件，可以在 <guilabel>名称</guilabel> 栏里输入路径。当您输入开始几个字符后，下拉列表中将显示可能的文件，按 <keycap>下方向键</keycap> 和 <keycap>上方向键</keycap> 和 <keycap>回车键</keycap> 来选中一个文件夹。如果只有一个文件或文件夹匹配输入的字符，按 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 键将自动补全名称。</para>       
        </section>
        
        <section xml:id="filechooser-save-newfolder"><info><title>创建新文件夹</title></info>
          <para>如果您想创建一个新文件夹来保存文件，点击 <guibutton>创建文件夹</guibutton> 按钮。输入一个文件夹名称，然后按 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。您就可以保存文件到这个新文件夹里面了，当然您也可以保存到其他文件夹。</para>
        </section>
    </section>
  </section>
</chapter>    <!-- Overview -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="sessions" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>桌面会话</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-1"/>

  <highlights>
    <para>本章的内容是关于登录、关闭 MATE 和启动、结束桌面会话的。</para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="gosgetstarted-69"><info><title>开始一个会话</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>starting</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">A <firstterm>session</firstterm> is the period you spend using MATE, between logging in and logging out. During a session, you use your applications, print, browse the web, and so on.</para>
    <para>登录 MATE 开始您的会话。登录界面是您到 MATE 桌面的一扇门，它需要您输入用户名和密码，并选择在 MATE 的会话期间所使用的语言等。</para>
    <tip><para>一般而言，您需要以注销来结束会话，但您也可以选择保存会话中的状态并在下一次使用 MATE 时恢复它：更多信息请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs-sessions"/>。</para></tip>
    
    <!--
    2.14 has moved all this out of the standard dialogs.
    
    The session manager saves and restores the following: 
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>The appearance and behavior settings, for example fonts, colors,
and mouse settings. </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>The applications that you were running, for example file manager
and text editor windows. You cannot save and restore applications that the
session manager does not manage. For example, if you start the <application>vi</application> editor from the command line in a terminal window, session
manager cannot restore your editing session. </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    -->
    
    
    <section xml:id="gosstartsession-85"><info><title>登录到 MATE</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>sessions</primary>
        <secondary>logging in</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>logging in</primary>
        <secondary>to session</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>start session</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要登录一个会话，请执行以下步骤：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>在登录界面点击 <guilabel>会话</guilabel> 图标，并在列表中可用的桌面环境中选择 MATE 桌面。大多数用户并不需要这一步操作，通常 MATE 作为了默认的桌面环境。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在登录界面的 <guilabel>用户名</guilabel> 文本框中输入您的用户名，然后按一下 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在登录界面的 <guilabel>密码</guilabel> 输入框里输入您的密码，然后按一下 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para>正确输入后，您会看到一个启动画面提示 MATE 正在启动。当桌面显示完整后，表示 MATE 已经准备好了，您就可以开始使用您的计算机了。</para>
      <para>如果您是首次登录，会话管理器会启动一个新的会话。如果您在之前已经登录过，并在上次会话注销时保存了设定，那么会话管理器会恢复您之前的会话。</para>
      <para>如果在您登录之前想关机或者重启系统，点击登录界面上的 <guilabel>系统</guilabel> 图标。出来一个对话框，选择您需要的选项然后点击 <guibutton>确定</guibutton>。</para>
      <para>您的系统发行版或销售者可能替换了登录界面，因而不再有 <guilabel>系统</guilabel> 图标。在这种情况下，关机可以通过点击<guilabel>其他</guilabel> 图标，或者点击单独的 <guibutton>关机</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
<!--What about failsafe mate?-->
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gosstartsession-86"><info><title>使用不同的语言</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>sessions</primary>
        <secondary>different language, logging
in</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>language, logging in in different</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>logging in</primary>
        <secondary>to session in different language</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>执行以下操作以使用其他语言的会话。</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>在登录界面点击 <guilabel>语言</guilabel>  图标，在列表中选择您需要的语言。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在登录界面的 <guilabel>用户名</guilabel> 文本框中输入您的用户名，然后按一下 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在登录界面的 <guilabel>密码</guilabel> 输入框里输入您的密码，然后按一下 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <note>
        <para lang="en">When you log in to a session in a different language, you are changing 
the language for the user interface but are not changing the keyboard layout. 
To choose a different keyboard layout, use the 
<application>Keyboard Indicator</application> applet.</para>
      </note>
      <tip>
        <para>您的系统发行版或销售者可能替换了登录界面，因而不再有 <guilabel>语言</guilabel> 图标。在这种情况下，关机选项可能可以通过点击 <guilabel>其他</guilabel> 图标来找到。</para>
      </tip>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="lock-screen"><info><title>锁定屏幕</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosstartsession-1"/>        
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/lockscreen_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Lock screen icon.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>locking screen</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>locking screen</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>Lock button</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Locking your screen prevents access to your applications and information, allowing you to leave your computer unattended. While your screen is locked, the screensaver runs.</para>
    
    <para>要锁定屏幕，请执行以下操作：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>选择 <menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guimenuitem>锁定屏幕</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>如果 <guibutton>锁定屏幕</guibutton> 按钮显示在面板上，点击<guibutton>锁定屏幕</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
        <note><para><guibutton>锁定屏幕</guibutton> 按钮在默认并不显示在面板上。要添加它请参考 <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。</para></note>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para>要解锁屏幕时请移动您的鼠标或按下任意按键，在锁定屏幕对话框中输入您的密码，然后按一下 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。</para>
    <para lang="en">If another user wants to use the computer while it is locked, they can move the mouse or press a key and then click <guibutton>Switch User</guibutton>. The login screen will be displayed, and they can log in using their user account. They will not be able to access any of your applications or information. When they log out, the screen will be locked again and you can access your session by unlocking the screen.</para>
  <para>您可以给锁定屏幕的用户留一条信息。移动鼠标或按任意键然后点击 <guibutton>留言</guibutton>。在文本框里输入留言，然后点<guibutton>保存</guibutton> 按钮。当这个用户解锁屏幕时，会看到您的留言。 </para>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="gosstartsession-2"><info><title>程序设定为在登录时自动启动</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Sessions</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>startup</secondary>
    </indexterm>
  <para>在登录会话时，您可以选择一些可靠的程序同时自动启动。例如，您可以让浏览器在登录时自动启动。在登录时自动启动的程序叫 <firstterm>自启动程序</firstterm>。自启动程序在您登出或注消时，由会话管理器自动保存并安全关闭，在下次登录时重新启动。</para>
  <para><application>会话</application> 首选项工具，允许您定义哪些程序可以在登录时自动启动。它有两个面板： <guilabel>启动程序</guilabel> 面板和 <guilabel>选项</guilabel> 面板。</para>

    <section xml:id="gosstartsession-21"><info><title>启动程序</title></info>
        <!-- Preserve IDs for backwards compatibility -->
        <anchor xml:id="gosstartsession-6"/>
        <anchor xml:id="gosstartsession-10"/>
      <para>您可以使用自启动程序面板来添加、设置和删除一个程序。</para>
      <para>在面板里列出了自启动的程序。列表中简要描述了每个程序，同时还有一个复选框，显示是否自启动这个程序。没有选中的程序在您登录时也不会自动运行。</para>

      <section xml:id="gosstartsession-211"><info><title>启动程序</title></info>
       <para>要允许一个程序自动启动，打勾选中程序前面的复选框。</para>
       <para>要禁用一个自启动程序，不选中前面的复选框。</para>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="gosstartsession-212"><info><title>添加自启动程序</title></info>
       <para>要添加一个对象到面板中，请按以下步骤操作：</para>
       <procedure>
        <step>
         <para>点击 <guibutton>添加</guibutton> 按钮。出来一个 <application>添加启动程序</application> 对话框。</para>
        </step>
        <step>
         <para>在 <guilabel>名称</guilabel> 文本框里，输入自启动程序的名称。</para>
        </step>
        <step>
         <para>在 <guilabel>命令</guilabel> 文本框里输入运行这个程序的命令。例如，输入 <userinput>pluma</userinput> 将会启动 <application>Pluma 文本编辑器</application>。如果您不知道确切的命令，可以点 <guibutton>浏览</guibutton> 按钮来选择一个命令。</para>
        </step>
        <step>
         <para>在 <guilabel>注释</guilabel> 文本框里输入这个程序的描述。这个描述会显示在启动程序列表里。</para>
        </step>
        <step>
         <para>点击 <guibutton>添加</guibutton> 按钮。这个程序就被添加到启动程序列表里了，同时前面的复选框处于选中(允许)状态。</para>
        </step>
       </procedure>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="gosstartsession-213"><info><title>删除一项自启动程序</title></info>
       <para>要删除一项启动程序，在启动程序列表中选择它，然后单击 <guibutton>删除</guibutton>。</para>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="gosstartsession-214"><info><title>编辑一项启动程序</title></info>
       <para>要编辑一个已经存在的启动项，在列表里选中它，然后点 <guibutton>编辑</guibutton> 按钮。在出来的对话框里，您可以编辑程序的属性。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="gosstartsession-212"/>。</para>
      </section>
    </section>
    
    <section xml:id="gosstartsession-22"><info><title>会话选项标签</title></info>
      <!-- Preserve IDs for backwards compatibility -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosstartsession-9"/>
      <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-74"/>
      <para>会话管理器可以记住退出时那些程序是运行的，并且能够在下次登录时自动运行。如果您比较喜欢这样，可以打勾选中 <guilabel>注销时自动记录当前运行的程序</guilabel>。</para>
    </section>
  </section>
  
  <section xml:id="shutdown"><info><title>结束一个会话。</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-73"/>        
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>ending</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>logging out</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>logging out</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>quit</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>shutdown</primary>
    </indexterm>  
    <!--  
    commenting this out for now. A shot of the shutdown button would be good too.
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject>
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/logout_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Log Out icon.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    -->
    <para>当您使用完自己的电脑，可以选择下面的动作之一：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>注销以允许其他用户使用。要从 MATE 注销，选择 <menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guimenuitem>注销<replaceable>用户名</replaceable></guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>关闭计算机并切断电源。要关闭计算机，点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guimenuitem>关机</guimenuitem></menuchoice>，然后在出来的对话框里点 <guibutton>关机</guibutton> 按钮。。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Depending on your computer's configuration, you can also <firstterm>Hibernate</firstterm> your computer. During hibernation, less power is used, but all the applications and documents that you have open are preserved and will still be open when you resume from hibernation. You can resume from hibernation by moving your mouse or pressing a key.</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <note>
        <para>一些销售者和发行版允许您通过两种方法来休眠您的计算机，一般叫做休眠和 <firstterm>挂起</firstterm>。它们都可以保存您打开的文件和程序，但一种是关闭计算机电源，另一种是让计算机运行在很少电流状态。</para>
    </note>
       
    <para>当您退出时有程序仍然有未保存的工作时，程序会提示您。您可以选择保存工作或者不保存而注销或关机。</para>

    <para lang="en">Before you end a session, you might want to save your current
settings so that you can restore the session later. In the <xref linkend="prefs-sessions"/> tool, you can select an option to automatically
save your current settings.</para>
  </section>
</chapter><!-- Sessions -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="panels" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>使用面板</title></info>
  
  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="gospanel-1"/>

  <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-502"/>

  <highlights>
    <para>这一章介绍了如何使用 MATE 桌面上方和下方的面板，如何让对象显示在面板上，以及如何在桌面上添加新的面板。</para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="panels-intro"><info><title>介绍</title></info>
    
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-2"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panels</primary>
      <secondary>introduction</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para>面板是 MATE 桌面上一个您可以管理特定动作和信息的区域，不论您的程序窗口处于何种状态。例如，在默认的 MATE 面板上，您可以启动应用程序，查看时间和日期，控制系统音量等。</para> 
    <para>您可以依喜好而定制面板。您可以改变它们的行为和表现，您可以向面板上添加或者删除对象。您可以创建多个面板，同时每一个都有不同的属性、对象和背景。您也可以隐藏面板。</para>
    <para>默认情况下，MATE桌面的屏幕上下边缘会各有一个面板，以下的部分就是介绍这些面板的。</para>

    <section xml:id="top-panel"><info><title>顶部面板</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-6"/>         
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>top edge panel</secondary>
        <see>top edge panel</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>top edge panel</primary>
        <secondary>introduction</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>默认情况下，顶部面板上包含以下部分：</para>
      <note><para>您的 MATE 分发版可能会改变此默认设置。</para></note>
           
      <variablelist>
      	<varlistentry>
      		<term lang="en"><application>Classic Menu</application> applet</term>
      		<listitem><para lang="en">The Classic Menu contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. For more on the classic menu, see <xref linkend="menubar"/>.</para></listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      	  <term>一组程序快速启动器器图标</term>
          <listitem><para>图标的多少依赖于您的 MATE 发行版，但通常您至少会看到一个<application>Web 浏览器</application> 启动器，一个<application>Email 客户端</application>，和一个 <application>帮助</application> 按钮。点击任何一个都可以启动相应的程序。</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      	  <term><application>通知区域</application> 小程序</term>
          <listitem><para>当您工作在其他应用程序时，这里会显示一个图标提醒您，或者您可以访问它而不必切换当前程序窗口。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="panels-notification-area"/>。</para>
          <para>当没有程序图标加入时，这里只显示一个小条。</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

         
        <varlistentry>
          <term><application>时钟</application> 小程序</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">The <application>Clock</application> shows the current
      time. Click on the time to open a small calendar. You can also view a world map by clicking the <guilabel>Locations</guilabel> expansion label. For more on this, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-clock">Clock Applet Manual</link>.</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term><application>音量控制器</application> 小程序</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">The <application>Volume Control</application> enables you to control the volume of the speakers on your system. For more on this, see the Volume Control Manual.</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term lang="en">
          <indexterm lang="en">
            <primary>top edge panel</primary>
            <secondary>window list icon</secondary>
          </indexterm>
          <application>Window Selector</application> icon</term>
          <listitem><para><application>窗口选择器</application> 列出了全部打开的窗口。要让一个窗口获得焦点，在顶部面板最右侧点击窗口选择器选择窗口。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="windows-focus"/>。</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="bottom-panel"><info><title>底部面板</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-3"/>        
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>bottom edge panel</secondary>
        <see>bottom edge panel</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>bottom edge panel</primary>
        <secondary>introduction</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>在默认下，底部面板包含以下对象：</para>
      <note><para>您的 MATE 分发版可能会改变此默认设置。</para></note>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>bottom edge panel</primary>
        <secondary>default contents</secondary>
      </indexterm>            
      <variablelist>
      	<varlistentry>
      		<term><guibutton>显示桌面</guibutton>按钮</term>
      		<listitem><para lang="en">Click on this button to minimize all open windows and show the desktop. Click it again to restore all the windows to their previous state.</para></listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      		<term><application>窗口列表</application> 小程序</term>
      		<listitem><para>为每个打开的窗口显示一个按钮。<application>窗口列表</application> 小程序允许你最小化和恢复窗口。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="windowlist"/>。</para></listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      		<term><application>工作区切换</application> 小程序</term>
      		<listitem><para>允许您在工作区之间切换。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>。</para></listitem>
      	</varlistentry>      	
      </variablelist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="gospanel-5"><info><title>管理面板</title></info>
    <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Create Panels -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-26"/>
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-11"/><!-- To Interact With a Panel -->
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panels</primary>
      <secondary>managing</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>以下部分描述了如何管理您的面板</para>
    <para>要与面板交互，您必须在面板的空白处点击右键，而不是在一个对象上点击。如果面板显示了隐藏按钮，你也可以用中键或右键点击它来选择面板。</para>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-12"><info><title>移动面板</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>moving</secondary>
      </indexterm>	  
	  <para>拖拽一个面板把它移到屏幕的另一侧。按住 <keycap>ALT</keycap> 键，然后拖动面板到新位置。在面板的空白处点击，然后再拖拽它。</para>
      <para>面板没有扩展到整个屏幕宽度时，可以被拖拽离开屏幕边缘，放在其他位置。更多相关性息，请参阅： <xref linkend="panel-properties"/>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="panel-properties"><info><title>面板属性</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-28"/>         
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以为每一个面板修改属性，例如面板的位置，面板自动隐藏，以及外观可见性。</para>
      <para>要设置面板属性，在面板空白处点右键，选择 <guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem> 命令，<guilabel>面板属性</guilabel> 对话框包含两个标签： <guilabel>常规</guilabel> 和 <guilabel>背景</guilabel>。</para>
      
      <section xml:id="panel-properties-general"><info><title>常规选项卡</title></info>
        <para>在 <guilabel>常规</guilabel> 选项卡中，您可以设置面板的尺寸，位置，和自动隐藏，下表讲述了 <guilabel>常规</guilabel> 选项卡中的对话框选项：</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="28.57*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="71.43*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>描述</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Orientation</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para>选择面板在屏幕中的位置，点击可以为面板选择一个合适的位置。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>点击微调按钮，设定面板的大小。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Expand</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1">
                  <para>默认情况，面板是扩展到整个屏幕宽度，当面板不是扩展时，可以从屏幕边缘移动到屏幕的其他位置。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Autohide</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>选中此项，只有当鼠标指针移过来时，面板才会显示出来。面板会隐藏在屏幕上，只留下一条边可见。移动鼠标指针到边上，面板就会重新显示出来。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Show hide buttons</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>选中这个选项可以在面板两端显示一个隐藏按钮，点击这个按钮面板向一边滑动并隐藏，再次点击它重新恢复显示面板。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Arrows on hide buttons</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>如果显示隐藏按钮选项是选中的，选择这个选项可以在隐藏按钮上显示一个小箭头。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="panel-properties-background"><info><title>背景属性标签</title></info>
        <para>您可以在 <guilabel>背景</guilabel> 标签里为面板选择一个背景。这些选项是：</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colwidth="32.32*"/>
            <colspec colwidth="67.68*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>描述</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>None (use system theme)</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to have the panel use the settings in the <xref linkend="prefs-theme"/> tool. This keeps your panel's background looking the same as the rest of the desktop and applications.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Solid color</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>选择这个选项，可以为面板的背景指定一个颜色。点击 <guibutton>颜色</guibutton> 按钮显示一个颜色对话框，您可以在里面选择一个喜欢的颜色。</para>
                  <para>使用 <guilabel>样式</guilabel> 滑块来指定颜色的透明度。例如，要使面板成透明的，可以把滑块移到 <guilabel>透明</guilabel> 的最左端。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Background image</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>选中此项，为面板设置一幅背景图。点击浏览按钮选择一幅图片。当您选中一幅图片后，点 <guibutton>打开</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
        
        <!-- section folded in: preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
        <anchor xml:id="gospanel-61"/>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>panels</primary>
          <secondary>changing background</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <!-- Shaun, why does this bit here change the vertical space between the previous 
        table and the following paragraph? -->
             
        <para>您也可以拖动一个颜色或一幅图片到这个按钮上，从而设置面板的背景。您可以从许多窗口里拖动颜色或图片。例如：</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>您可以从其他的颜色选择对话框里拖动。</para>     
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>您可以从 <application>Caja</application> 文件管理器里拖动一个图片，从而设定面板的背景。</para>     
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">You can drag a color or a pattern from the <guilabel>Backgrounds
  and Emblems</guilabel> dialog (see <xref linkend="caja-backgrounds-and-emblems"/>) in <application>Caja</application> file manager to a panel to set it as the background.</para>         
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮关闭 <guilabel>面板属性</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-7"><info><title>隐藏面板</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>hiding</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以隐藏或显示面板。要隐藏一个面板，使用隐藏按钮，如果隐藏按钮没有显示出来，在面板属性中，打勾选中“显示隐藏按钮”。</para>
      <para>隐藏按钮也在面板的两端，隐藏按钮中包含一个箭头图标，下面的实例说明怎样显示隐藏按钮。</para>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/four_hide_button.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>A horizontal panel and a vertical panel, both with hide buttons.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para>要隐藏一个面板，在隐藏按钮上点击一下，面板就缩小为一个小按钮，这个小按钮就是面板隐藏后留下的。</para>
      <para>要重新显示隐藏起来的面板，点击面板末端的小按钮，面板顺着箭头方向伸展开，所有隐藏的按钮都可以看到了。</para>
      <para lang="en">You can set a panel to autohide. When you set autohide, the panel hides
automatically when the mouse is not pointing to the panel. The panel reappears
when you point to the part of the screen where the panel resides. To set your
panel to autohide, modify the properties of the panel as per the instructions in <xref linkend="panel-properties"/>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-10"><info><title>添加一个新面板</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>adding new</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要添加一个面板，在任何一个面板的空白处点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>新建面板</guimenuitem>。这个新面板将添加到 MATE 桌面上。新面板里还没有按钮对象，您可以根据自己的需求定制这个新面板。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-31"><info><title>删除一个面板</title></info>
      <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Delete Panels -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-508"/>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panels</primary>
        <secondary>deleting</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要从 MATE 桌面删除一个面板，在面板的空白处点右键，然后选择 <menuchoice><guimenuitem>删除该面板</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
      <note>
        <para>在 MATE 桌面里，您至少要保留一个面板，如果只剩下一个面板时，将不能再删除面板了。</para>
      </note>
    </section>
  </section>
  
  <!-- =============================================== managing panel objects -->
  <section xml:id="gospanel-8"><info><title>面板对象</title></info>
    <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Manipulate Panel Objects -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-21"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panels</primary>
      <secondary>panel objects</secondary>
      <see>panel objects</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para>这一节描述了您可以添加对象到面板，以及如何通过面板使用它们。</para>
    <section xml:id="gospanel-100"><info><title>与面板对象交互</title></info>
      
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>interacting with</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>通过鼠标点击，有以下几种方法来操作面板里的按钮对象：</para>
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry>
          <term>单击左键</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>启动面板对象。</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term>单击中键</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>允许您拖动一个按钮图标到另一个位置。</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
          <term>单击右键</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>打开面板对象的弹出菜单。</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>

      <section xml:id="gospanel-39"><info><title>选择一个小程序</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>applets</primary>
          <secondary>selecting</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para>要在一个按钮上显示该对象的属性菜单，或者移动这个按钮，按以下步骤操作：</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Some applets have popup menus of applet-specific commands
  that open when you right-click on particular parts of the applet. For example,
  the <application><xref linkend="windowlist"/></application> applet has a vertical handle on
  the left side, and buttons that represent your windows on the right side.
  To open the panel object popup menu for the <application>Window List</application>
  applet, you must right-click on the handle. If you right-click on a button
  on the right side, a popup menu for the button opens.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>一些小程序的某些区域不能用来选择这个小程序。例如，<application>命令行</application> 小程序有一个区域您可以输入命令，您不能在这个区域里点击中键或点击右键来选择这个小程序，您可以点击它的其它部分。</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="panels-addobject"><info><title>添加一个对象到面板上</title></info>
      <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-15"/>   

      <!-- Desktop Overview / Panels / To Add Objects to Panels -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-4"/>
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-40"/><!-- To Add an Applet to a Panel -->
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>adding</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要添加一个对象到面板中，请按以下步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem><para>在面板的空白处点右键，会弹出一个属性菜单。</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>选择 <guisubmenu>添加到面板</guisubmenu>。</para>
          <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog opens.The available panel objects are listed alphabetically, with <xref linkend="launchers"/> at the top.</para>
          <tip><para>您可以在 <guilabel>查找</guilabel> 文本框里输入对象的名称或描述，这将列出最匹配的对象。</para>
          <para>要恢复到原来的完整列表，请清除 <guilabel>查找</guilabel> 文本框里的内容。</para>
          </tip>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para>可以从列表里拖动一个对象到面板上，也可以选中后点 <guibutton>添加</guibutton>  按钮，添加到面板上。</para></listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      
      <para>您也可以添加 <guimenu>应用程序</guimenu> 菜单里的一项到面板中：在菜单上点右键，然后选 <guimenuitem>将此启动器添加面板</guimenuitem>。</para>

      <para>每个快速启动器对应一个 <filename>.desktop</filename> 文件。您可以把一个 <filename>.desktop</filename> 文件拖到面板中，从而把它添加到面板上。</para>
<!--Each menu corresponds to a directory. You can drag the directory on to your panels to add the directory to the panel as a menu object. Is this still true?-->
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-9"><info><title>更改一个对象的属性</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-41"/><!-- To Modify Preferences for an Applet -->
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">Some panel objects, such as launchers and drawers,
have a set of associated properties. The properties are different for each
type of object. The properties specify details such as the following: <itemizedlist><listitem><para lang="en">The command that starts a launcher application.</para></listitem><listitem><para lang="en">The location of the source files for a menu.</para></listitem><listitem><para lang="en">The icon that represents the object.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
      <para>要设置一个对象的属性，按以下步骤进行：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <indexterm lang="en">
            <primary>panel object popup menu, illustration</primary>
          </indexterm>
          <para>在对象上点右键，弹出一个菜单，像 <xref linkend="gospanel-FIG-54"/>。</para>
          <figure xml:id="gospanel-FIG-54"><info><title>面板对象的弹出菜单</title></info>
            
            <screenshot>
              <mediaobject lang="en">
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/panel_object_popup_menu.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>Panel object popup menu. Menu items: Properties, Remove From Panel, Lock, Move.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
          </figure>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>选择 <guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem>。在 <guilabel>属性</guilabel> 对话框里设置面板属性。<guilabel>属性</guilabel> 对话框中属性的多少，取决于您第一步中选择的对象。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>关闭 <guilabel>属性</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-32"><info><title>移动面板里的对象</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>moving</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以在面板里移动对象，还可以从一个面板移到另一个面板。还可以在两个面板、抽屉中移动对象。</para>
      <para>要移动一个对象，点击中键(或左键)按住并拖动对象到新位置。当松开中键时，对象会停留在新位置。</para>
      <para>另外，您也可以使用对象弹出菜单来移动对象，方法如下：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>在对象上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>移动</guimenuitem>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>把鼠标指向一个新位置，然后点击一下鼠标左键，将对象放在新位置，可以移动到 MATE 桌面的任何一个面板中。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para>移动一个对象会影响其他对象的位置，要控制对象如何移动，您可以指定一个移动模式。要指定移动模式，在要移动的对象上按下面的一个键：</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="15.00*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="30.00*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec3" colwidth="54.00*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>键</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>移动模式</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3">
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>无按键</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>交换位置移动</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para>两个对象交换位置移动，这是默认的移动模式。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para><keycap>Alt</keycap> 键</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>自由移动</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para>跳过其他对象，到面板的任意空白处。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para><keycap>Shift</keycap> 键</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>推动移动</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec3" valign="top">
                <para>要移动的对象推着其他对象一起移动。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-566"><info><title>锁定面板中的对象</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>locking</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>locking panel objects</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以锁定面板中的一个对象使之位置保持不变。当您移动其他对象而又不想使其中一个对象受到影响，可以锁定这个对象。</para>
      <para>要锁定面板中的一个对象，在对象上点右键，打开对象的弹出菜单，然后选择 <guimenuitem>锁定到面板</guimenuitem>。反之亦可解除对象的锁定。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-33"><info><title>删除面板中的对象</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>removing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要从面板中删除一个对象，在对象上点右键，在出来的弹出菜单中，选择 <guimenuitem>从面板上删除</guimenuitem>。</para>
    </section>
  </section>
  
  <!-- ============================================== big bag o' panel objects -->
  <!-- <remark>won't work because of yelp topic clumping</remark>
    <para>This section describes the different objects you can add to your panels.</para>
    <para>For a list of the objects that are on the top and bottom panels by default, see <xref linkend="top-panel"/> and <xref linkend="bottom-panel"/>.</para>
  -->
  <section xml:id="gospanel-17"><info><title>小程序</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>applets</primary>
      <secondary>introduction</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panel objects</primary>
      <secondary>applets</secondary>
      <see>applets</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para>小程序是在面板中，与用户交互的小应用程序。您可以用小程序面板对象与小程序交互。例如，下面按从左到右顺序显示了这些小程序：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><application><xref linkend="windowlist"/></application>: Displays the windows
currently open on your system.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para><application>音量控制</application>： 用来控制系统扬声器的音量。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><link xlink:href="help:mate-clock"><application>Clock</application></link>: Shows the current date and time.</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/sample_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Sample applets. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
  </section>  

  <section xml:id="launchers"><info><title>启动器</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-16"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panel objects</primary>
      <secondary>launchers</secondary>
      <see>launchers</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para><firstterm>启动器</firstterm> 是一个对象，当点击它的时候，可以执行一个特定的动作。</para>
    <para>您可以在面板中，面板菜单和桌面上看到启动器。在这些位置上，一个图标代表了一个启动器。</para>
    <para>使用启动器可以实现如下的功能：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>启动特定的应用程序。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>执行命令。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>打开文件夹。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>在网页浏览器中打开特定的页面。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Open special <firstterm>Uniform Resource Identifiers</firstterm>
(URIs). The MATE Desktop contains special URIs that enable you to access
particular functions from the file manager. <indexterm lang="en"><primary>special URI
locations</primary><secondary>and launchers</secondary></indexterm></para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para>您可以修改启动器的属性，包括：启动器的名字，图标和这个启动器如何运行。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="launchers-modify"/>。</para>
    <note><para>在当前情况下，菜单里的启动器可以不显示图标。例如，如果指定不显示图标，或者整个菜单项设置不显示图标。</para></note>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-34"><info><title>将启动器添加到面板</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>launchers</primary>
        <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以用下面的一种方法，将一个启动器添加到面板上：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>从面板的属性菜单</para>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on any vacant space on the panel,
then choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>. The <guilabel>Add to Panel</guilabel> dialog opens (see <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>).</para>
          <para>要创建一个新的启动器，在列表中选择 <guilabel>自定义应用程序启动器</guilabel>，将显示一个 <guilabel>创建启动器</guilabel> 对话框。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="launchers-properties"/>。</para>
          <para>另外，要添加一个存在的启动器到面板里，在列表里选择 <guilabel>应用程序启动器</guilabel>，然后点“前进”按钮，选择列表中的菜单项，点击“添加”即可。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>从其他菜单中</para>
          <para>要从其他菜单里添加一个启动器到面板中，执行下面的一个步骤：</para>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem><para>打开包含启动器的菜单，拖动启动器到一个面板中。</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>打开包含该启动器的菜单，然后在启动器的标题上点右键，选择 <guimenuitem>将此启动器添加到面板</guimenuitem>。</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>从文件管理器中</para>
          <para>要从文件管理器中添加一个启动器到面板中，在您的文件系统中找到 <filename>.desktop</filename> 文件，然后拖动 <filename>.desktop</filename> 文件到面板上。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="launchers-modify"><info><title>设置启动器</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-36"/>        
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>launchers</primary>
        <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要设置面板中启动器的属性，请按下面的步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>在启动器上点右键，显示对象的弹出菜单。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>选择 <guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem> 命令。在 <guilabel>启动器属性</guilabel> 对话框中根据需要设置属性。更多关于 <guilabel>启动器属性</guilabel> 对话框的信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="launchers-properties"/>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮关闭 <guilabel>启动器属性</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="launchers-properties"><info><title>启动器属性</title></info> 
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-52"/><!-- To Create a Launcher With the Create Launcher Dialog -->
         
      <para>当您创建或编辑一个启动器时，可以设置下面的属性：</para>
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry><term>类型</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>使用下拉列表来指定启动器是一个程序，还是一个位置：</para>
            <variablelist>
              <varlistentry><term>应用程序</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>作为一个应用程序启动器</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>终端中的应用程序</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>启动器在通过一个终端窗口来启动应用程序。</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>位置</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>启动器将打开一个文件、网页或其他位置。</para>
                </listitem>
              </varlistentry>
            </variablelist>
            <para>如果您正在编辑的是位置启动器，这个下拉列表将不会显示。如果您正在编辑的是程序启动器，<guilabel>位置</guilabel> 选项将不可用。</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>名称</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>它会在菜单或桌面上显示为启动器的名称。</para>
          </listitem>     
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>命令</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>作为一个应用程序启动器，指定一个命令，当您点击这个启动器时。命令的例子，请参阅： <xref linkend="launchers-properties-commands"/>。</para>
          </listitem>     
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>位置</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>对于应用程序启动器，指定一个命令，当您点击这个启动器时。命令的例子，请参阅 <xref linkend="launchers-properties-commands"/>。</para>
          </listitem>     
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>注释</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>当您把鼠标指向这个启动器时会显示一个提示。</para>
          </listitem>     
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
      
      <para>要改变启动器的图标，点击当前的图标，在出来的图标选择对话框中，选择一个图标。</para>
  
      <section xml:id="launchers-properties-commands"><info><title>启动器的命令和位置</title></info>
        <!-- Maintained for backwards compatibility: 2.14 -->
        <anchor xml:id="gospanel-556"/>        
        <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮关闭 <guilabel>启动器属性</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        
        <para>您在 <guilabel>命令</guilabel> 框中能输入的命令类型，取决于您在 <guilabel>类型</guilabel> 下拉列表里的选择，如果您在 <guilabel>类型</guilabel> 里选择的是 <guilabel>应用程序</guilabel>，您可以输入一个普通的命令。下表显示一些命令的例子，以及这些命令运行的动作：</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="47.36*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="52.64*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>应用程序命令实例</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>动作</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>pluma</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                  <para>启动 <application>pluma</application> 文本编辑器。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>pluma /home/user/loremipsum.txt</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>在 <application>pluma</application> 文本编辑器中打开文件 <filename>/user123/loremipsum.txt</filename> 。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>caja /home/user/Projects</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                  <para>在一个文件浏览器窗口中，打开 <filename>/home/user/Projects</filename> 文件夹。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
        <para lang="en">If you choose <guilabel>Location</guilabel> from the <guilabel>Type</guilabel>
drop-down box, the <guilabel>Location</guilabel> text box will be displayed. The following table
shows some sample locations and the actions that will happen if you click on the launcher:<indexterm lang="en"><primary>special URIs</primary><secondary>launchers</secondary></indexterm></para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="47.36*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="52.64*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>位置范例</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>动作</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>file:///home/user/loremipsum.txt</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                  <para>用该类型文件默认的查看器，打开 <filename>/home/user/loremipsum.txt</filename> 文件。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>file:///home/user/Projects</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>在一个文件浏览器窗口中，打开 <filename>/home/user/Projects</filename> 文件夹。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>https://mate-desktop.org</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>在浏览器中打开 MATE 网站。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <command>ftp://ftp.mate-desktop.org</command>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>在默认浏览器中打开 MATE FTP 站点。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </section>
    </section>    
  </section>

  <section xml:id="gospanel-557"><info><title>按钮</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>buttons</primary>
      <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>动作按钮</primary> <see>按钮</see></indexterm>
    <para>您可以添加按钮到面板中，来提供快速访问常用操作和功能。</para>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-563"><info><title>强制退出按钮</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Force Quit</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Force Quit button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm><primary>强制退出按钮</primary></indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>terminating applications</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>applications</primary>
        <secondary>terminating</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/force_quit.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Force Quit icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para><guibutton>强制退出</guibutton> 按钮允许您通过点击一个窗口来结束这个应用程序。这个按钮通常用在失去响应的程序，例如，程序卡住或崩溃的时候。</para>
      <para>要添加 <guibutton>强制退出</guibutton> 按钮到面板上，在面板的空白处点右键，选择 <guimenu>添加到面板</guimenu> 命令，然后从面板对话框里选中 <application>强制退出</application>。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。</para>
      <para>要终止一个程序，单击 <guibutton>强制退出</guibutton> 按钮，然后点击您想结束的窗口。如果您单击了<guibutton>强制退出</guibutton>按钮后，又不想结束窗口了，可以按一下 <keycap>Esc 键</keycap>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="panel-lock-screen"><info><title>锁定屏幕按钮</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-21"/>

      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/lockscreen_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Lock screen icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Lock</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Lock button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Lock button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>locking screen</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para><guibutton>锁定屏幕</guibutton> 按钮可以锁定您的屏幕，并激活屏幕保护程序。要重新访问此会话，您必须输入密码。</para>
      <para>要添加 <guibutton>锁定屏幕</guibutton> 按钮到面板，在面板空白处点右键，选择 <guimenu>添加到面板</guimenu> 命令，然后从“添加到面板”对话框里选择 <application>锁定屏幕</application>。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。</para>
      <para>在 <guibutton>锁定屏幕</guibutton> 按钮上点右键，将显示一个屏幕保护的相关菜单。在 <xref linkend="gosstartsession-TBL-83"/> 里描述了可用的相关命令。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="gosstartsession-TBL-83"><info><title>锁定屏幕菜单项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="43.55*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="56.45*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>菜单条目</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>功能</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Activate Screensaver</guimenuitem>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>立即激活屏幕保护程序。</para>
                <para>如果您在 <application>屏幕保护程序</application> 选项工具中已经设置了 <guilabel>激活屏幕保护时锁定屏幕</guilabel>，这也将锁定屏幕。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Lock Screen</guimenuitem>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>立即锁定屏幕。该命令所执行的功能，与点击 <guibutton>锁定屏幕</guibutton> 按钮的功能是一样的。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Opens the <xref linkend="prefs-screensaver"/> tool, with which you can configure the type of screensaver that is displayed when you lock the screen.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-20"><info><title>注销按钮</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/logout_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Log Out icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Log Out</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Log Out button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Log Out button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para><guibutton>退出</guibutton> 按钮允许您退出 MATE 会话，或者切换到另外一个用户。</para>
      <para>要添加 <guibutton>退出</guibutton> 按钮到面板上，在面板的空白处点右键，选择 <guimenu>添加到面板</guimenu> 命令，然后从面板对话框里选中 <application>退出</application>。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。</para>
      <para>要退出您的会话，或者要切换用户，点击 <guibutton>退出</guibutton> 按钮，然后在出来的对话框里选择相应的按钮。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-555"><info><title>运行按钮</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/run_button.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Run Application icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Run</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Run button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Run button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para><guibutton>运行</guibutton> 按钮打开 <guilabel>运行应用程序</guilabel> 对话框，你可以从列表中选择一个应用程序来运行。</para>
      <para>要添加 <guibutton>运行</guibutton> 按钮到面板上，在面板的空白处点右键，选择 <guimenu>添加到面板</guimenu> 命令，然后从面板对话框里选中 <application>运行</application>。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。</para>
      <para>要打开 <application>运行程序</application> 对话框，点击<guibutton>运行</guibutton>按钮。</para>
      <para>更多 <guilabel>运行应用程序</guilabel> 对话框的相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="gospanel-23"/>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-554"><info><title>搜索按钮</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/searchtool_button.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Search Tool icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Search</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Search button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Search button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>点击 <guibutton>搜索</guibutton> 按钮，打开 <application>搜索工具</application> 对话框，您可以在计算机中查找文件。</para>
      <para>要添加 <guibutton>搜索</guibutton> 按钮到面板上，在面板的空白处点右键，选择 <guimenu>添加到面板</guimenu> 命令，然后从面板对话框里选中 <application>搜索文件</application>。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。</para>
      <para>要打开 <application>搜索工具</application>，请点击 <guibutton>搜索</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
      <para lang="en">For more information on the <application>Search Tool</application>,
see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-search-tool">Search Tool Manual</link>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-564"><info><title>显示桌面按钮</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>buttons</primary>
        <secondary>Minimize Windows</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Minimize
Windows button</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Minimize Windows
button</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/show_desktop_button.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Show Desktop icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para>您可以用 <guibutton>显示桌面</guibutton> 按钮来最小化所有打开的窗口，从而显示桌面。</para>
      <para>要添加 <guibutton>显示桌面</guibutton> 按钮到面板上，在面板的空白处点右键，选择 <guimenu>添加到面板</guimenu> 命令，然后从面板对话框里选中 <application>显示桌面</application>。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。</para>
      <para>要最小化所有窗口并显示桌面，请点击 <guibutton>显示桌面</guibutton> 按钮。再次点击它，将恢复所有窗口到原来的状态。</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="panel-menus"><info><title>菜单</title></info>
    <!-- Desktop Overview / Menus -->
    <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-42"/>
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-37"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>menus</primary>
      <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>panel objects</primary>
      <secondary>menus</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>您可以添加下面类型的菜单到面板中：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Classic Menu</guimenu>: You can access almost
all the standard applications, commands, and configuration options from
the menus in the Classic Menu. It contains the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, 
<guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus.</para>
        <para lang="en">To add a <guimenu>Classic Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then 
choose <application>Classic Menu</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. 
See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Compact Menu</guimenu>: The Compact Menu contains the same 
        items as the Classic Menu, but organizes them into one menu instead of three. 
        It takes up less space on the panels as a result.</para>
        <para lang="en">To add a <guimenu>Compact Menu</guimenu> to a panel, right-click
on any vacant space on the panel. Choose <guimenu>Add to Panel</guimenu>, then 
choose <application>Compact Menu</application> from the Add to Panel dialog. 
See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/> for more on this.</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guimenu>Submenus</guimenu>: You can add a submenu of the Classic Menu
        or Compact Menu directly to the panel. For example, you can add the <guimenu>Games</guimenu> 
        submenu of the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to the panel.</para>
        <para>要添加 <guibutton>子菜单</guibutton> 到面板上，打开子菜单，在启动器上点右键，然后选择 <menuchoice><guimenu>整个菜单</guimenu><guimenuitem>将它作为菜单加入面板</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="gospanel-18"><info><title>抽屉</title></info>
    <indexterm><primary>面板对象</primary> <secondary>抽屉</secondary> <see>抽屉</see></indexterm>
    <para>抽屉是一个面板的扩展，您可以用相同的方法打开或关闭一个抽屉，就像显示或隐藏面板。抽屉可以包含面板对象，包括启动器，菜单、小程序，其他面板对象，其他抽屉。当您打开一个抽屉，您就像在面板上一样使用对象。</para>
    <para>下面显示了一个打开的抽屉。里面包含两个面板对象。</para>
    <screenshot>
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/open_drawer.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Open drawer. The context describes the graphic.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </screenshot>
    <para>抽屉图标上的箭头显示这个图标是一个抽屉或是一个菜单。</para>
    <para>您可以从抽屉添加、移动、删除对象，就像从面板添加、移动、删除对象一样。</para>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-42"><info><title>打开或关闭一个抽屉</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>opening</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>closing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要打开一个抽屉，单击面板上的抽屉对象。可以按以下方法关闭一个抽屉：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击抽屉图标。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击抽屉隐藏按钮。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-420"><info><title>向面板添加一个抽屉</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>adding to panel</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以通过以下方式向面板添加一个抽屉：</para>
      <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>从面板的属性菜单</term>
        <listitem>
          <orderedlist>
            <listitem><para>在面板的空白处点右键，选择 <guimenu>添加到面板</guimenu> 命令，然后选择 <guimenuitem>添加到面板</guimenuitem> 命令。</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>在 <guimenu>添加到面板</guimenu> 对话框里，选中 <guilabel>抽屉</guilabel>，再点 <guibutton>添加</guibutton> ，然后点 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮。</para></listitem>
          </orderedlist>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>从其他菜单中</term>
        <listitem>
          <para>您可以将菜单作为抽屉对象添加到面板。</para>
          <para>要把一个菜单像抽屉一样添加到面板，并从面板打开菜单。在菜单的任何启动器上点右键，然后选择 <menuchoice><guimenu>整个菜单</guimenu><guimenuitem>将它作为抽屉添加进面板</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-54"><info><title>向抽屉添加一个对象</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>adding objects to</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以像添加对象到面板一样，添加对象到抽屉中。更多信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="gospanel-550"><info><title>设置抽屉属性</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>drawers</primary>
        <secondary>modifying properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>你可以设置抽屉的各个属性。例如，抽屉的外观，是否显示隐藏按钮。</para>
      <para>要设置一个抽屉的属性，请按以下步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>在抽屉上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem>，出来一个 <guilabel>抽屉属性</guilabel> 对话框。对话框显示的是 <guilabel>常规</guilabel> 标签。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在对话框中设定抽屉的属性。下表描述了 <guilabel>常规</guilabel> 对话框中的各个选项：</para>
          <informaltable frame="topbot">
            <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="28.57*"/>
              <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="71.43*"/>
              <thead>
                <row rowsep="1">
                  <entry>
                    <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry>
                    <para>描述</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
              </thead>
              <tbody>
                <row>
                  <entry colname="colspec0">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
                    </para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry colname="colspec1">
                    <para>指定抽屉打开时的宽度。</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
                <row>
                  <entry colname="colspec0">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Icon</guilabel>
                    </para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry colname="colspec1">
                    <para>为抽屉选择一个图标，在 <guibutton>图标</guibutton> 按钮上点一下，显示一个图标选择对话框，从对话框里选择一个图标，然后点 <guibutton>确定</guibutton>。</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
                <row>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Show hide buttons</guilabel>
                    </para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para>选中此项，在抽屉的面板上显示一个隐藏按钮，点击此按钮可以收起抽屉。</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
                <row>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Arrows on hide buttons</guilabel>
                    </para>
                  </entry>
                  <entry valign="top">
                    <para>选中此项，在隐藏按钮上显示一个箭头，如果隐藏按钮可用的话。</para>
                  </entry>
                </row>
              </tbody>
            </tgroup>
          </informaltable>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>您可用使用 <guilabel>背景</guilabel> 选项卡来设定抽屉的背景。 更多关于 <guilabel>背景</guilabel> 选项卡的信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="panel-properties"/>。 你也可以拖动一个颜色或图片作为抽屉背景。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="panel-properties-background"/>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮关闭 <guilabel>面板属性</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="panel-default"><info><title>默认面板对象</title></info>
    <!-- a temporary home for things that should one day be in a greater list of panel objects -->
    
    <para>这个是在默认 MATE 桌面上显示的面板对象。</para>
    
    <section xml:id="panel-windowselector"><info><title>窗口选择器小程序</title></info> 
      <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gosmarco-27"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>top edge panel</primary>
        <secondary>window selector icon</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>window selector</primary>
        <secondary>top edge panel</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以察看当前打开的窗口列表。您也可以选择一个窗口作为当前窗口。要察看窗口列表，单击 <application>窗口选择器</application> 小程序。下面显示<application>窗口选择器</application> 小程序的一些特点：</para>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/openwindows_menu.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Window selector applet displayed from the top edge panel.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para>要让一个窗口获得焦点，在 <application>窗口选择器</application> 小程序里点击它。</para>
      <para><application>窗口选择器</application> 列出了所有工作区里的窗口。显示所有工作区的窗口，而不仅仅是当前工作区的窗口，另一个工作区的窗口将显示在一个分割线下面。</para>
    </section>  

    <section xml:id="panels-notification-area"><info><title>通知区域小程序</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="gospanel-567"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>applets</primary>
        <secondary>Notification Area</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>panel objects</primary>
        <secondary>Notification
Area applet</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Notification Area applet</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/notification_area_icon.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Notification Area icon.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para><application>通知区域</application> 小程序显示一个应用程序活动图标。例如，当您使用 <application>CD 播放器</application> 播放一个 CD 时，一个 CD 光盘图标显示在 <application>通知区域</application>。上面的图就是表示 CD 图标在 <application>通知区域</application> 时的样子。</para>
    </section>
     
    <section xml:id="goseditmainmenu-65"><info><title lang="en">Classic Menu</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/menu_bar_applet.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Classic Menu applet. Menus: Applications, Places, System.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <para lang="en">The <application>Classic Menu</application> contains the 
      <guimenu>Applications</guimenu>, <guimenu>Places</guimenu>, and 
      <guimenu>System</guimenu> menus. You can access
  almost all the standard applications, commands, and configuration options
  from the <application>Classic Menu</application>. For more on using the Classic Menu, see <xref linkend="menubar"/>.</para>
    </section>

<!-- This has been pasted from the Window List manual so that the Window List applet help is integrated into the GUG. -->
<!-- This section needs gross refactoring (making task-based for starters) -->

 <section xml:id="windowlist"><info><title>窗口列表</title></info>
	 <para><application>窗口列表</application> 小程序允许您管理在 MATE 桌面上打开的窗口。<application>窗口列表</application> 使用一个按钮来表示打开的各个窗口或窗口组。按钮显现的状态取决于窗口的状态。下表解释了 <application>窗口列表</application> 按钮可能的状态。</para>
	<informaltable>
	<tgroup cols="2">
	<colspec colname="col1"/>
	<colspec colname="col2"/>
	<thead>
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para>状态</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para>指示…</para></entry>
	</row>
	</thead>
	<tbody>
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para>按钮被按下。</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para>窗口获得焦点。</para></entry>
	</row>
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para>按钮变暗，按钮上的文本带方括号。</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para>窗口已最小化。</para></entry>
	</row> 
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para>按钮没有按下，也没有变暗。</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para>窗口显示在桌面上，没有最小化。</para></entry>
	</row>
	<row valign="top">
	<entry colname="col1"><para>在按钮标题最后括号里有一个数字。</para></entry>
	<entry colname="col2"><para>这个按钮代表一组按钮。</para></entry>
	</row>
	</tbody>
	</tgroup>
	</informaltable>

<!-- ================ Usage ================================ -->
  <section xml:id="windowlist-usage"><info><title>用法</title></info>
	 <para>您可以使用 <application>窗口列表</application> 来完成下面的任务：</para>
	<itemizedlist>
	<listitem>
	<para>使一个窗口获得焦点，成为当前窗口</para>
	<para>如果您在 <application>窗口列表</application> 中点击一个按钮，相应的桌面窗口将会获得焦点，变为当前窗口。</para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	<para>最小化窗口</para>
	<para>如果点击 <application>窗口列表</application> 按钮中的获得焦点的当前窗口，它将会最小化。</para>
	</listitem>
	<listitem>
	<para>恢复一个最小化的窗口</para>
	<para>如果您点击的是 <application>窗口列表</application> 中最小化的一个窗口，那么它将恢复窗口原来的大小。</para>
	</listitem>
	</itemizedlist>
	
	<para>您可以拖动窗口列表里的按钮，重新排列它们的顺序。</para>
	
  </section>
<!-- ============= Preferences ============================= -->
  <section xml:id="windowlist-prefs"><info><title>首选项</title></info> 
	 <para>要设置 <application>窗口列表</application>，在按钮左边的竖线手柄上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>首选项</guimenuitem>，您可以设置下面的选项：</para>
    
    <!-- Maintained for compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="windowlist-prefs-behavior"/>
    <anchor xml:id="windowlist-prefs-size"/>
    
	 <variablelist>
	 <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Window List Content</guilabel> </term>
	 <listitem>
	 <para>要在 <application>窗口列表</application> 中指定窗口显示方式，请选择下面一个选项：</para>
	 	<itemizedlist>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Show windows from current workspace</guilabel></para>
	 	<para>选中此项，只显示当前工作区中打开的窗口。</para>
	 	</listitem>
	 	<listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Show windows from all workspaces</guilabel></para>
	 	<para>选中此项，显示所有工作区中打开的窗口。</para>
	 	</listitem>
	 	</itemizedlist>
	 </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>
	 
	 <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Window Grouping</guilabel> </term>
	 <listitem>
	 <para>要指定 <application>窗口列表</application> 为同一类窗口分组，请选择下面的一个选项：</para>
		<itemizedlist>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Never group windows</guilabel></para>
	 	<para>选择此项，从不对同一类窗口编组。</para>
		</listitem>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Group windows when space is limited</guilabel></para>
	 	<para>选择此项，当面板空间不足时，对同一类窗口编组。</para>
		</listitem>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Always group windows</guilabel></para>
	 	<para>选择此项，总是把同一类程序编组到一个按钮里。</para>
		</listitem>
		</itemizedlist>
	 </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>
	 
	 <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Restoring Minimized Windows</guilabel> </term>
	 <listitem>
	 <para>要设定如何恢复 <application>窗口列表</application> 中最的小化窗口，请选择下面的一个选项：</para>
	 	<itemizedlist>
	 	<listitem>
	 	<para lang="en"><guilabel>Restore to current workspace</guilabel></para>
	 	<para>选择这个选项，将这个窗口恢复到当前工作区，甚至这个窗口以前不在当前工作区。</para>
	 	</listitem>
	 	<listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Restore to native workspace</guilabel></para>
	 	<para>选择这个选项，当您恢复这个窗口的同时，还将切换到这个窗口所在的工作区。</para>
	 	</listitem>
	 	</itemizedlist>
	 <para>这些选项仅在 <guilabel>窗口列表</guilabel> 的首选项对话框中，<guilabel>显示所有工作区的窗口</guilabel> 选中时才可用。</para>
	 </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>
	 </variablelist>

  </section>
 </section>

  </section>
</chapter>       <!-- Panels -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="menubar" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>使用主菜单</title></info>
  
  <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-1"/><!-- Working With Menus -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-2"/><!-- Introduction to Menus -->  
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-5"/><!-- Menu Features -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-11"/><!-- Menu Item Popup Menu -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-51"/><!-- Actions Menu -->
  <anchor xml:id="menus-introduction"/><!-- Introduction to Menus --> 
        
  <highlights>
    <para>这一章讲述了如何使用 MATE 面板的菜单栏。</para>
  </highlights>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>menus</primary>
    <secondary>introduction</secondary>
  </indexterm>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>menus</primary>
    <secondary>Classic Menu</secondary>
    <see>Classic Menu</see>
  </indexterm>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>Classic Menu</primary>
    <secondary>introduction</secondary>
  </indexterm>  

  <para lang="en">The classic menu is your main point of access to MATE. Use the <guimenu>Applications</guimenu> menu to launch applications, the <guimenu>Places</guimenu> to open locations on your computer or network, and the <guimenu>System</guimenu> to customize your system, get help with MATE, and log out of MATE or shut down your computer.</para>
  <para>下面内容讲述了这三个菜单。</para>
  <tip><para lang="en">By default, the classic menu is on the <xref linkend="top-panel"/>. But like any other panel object, you can move the classic menu to another panel, or have more than one instance of the classic menu in your panels. For more on this, see <xref linkend="panel-menus"/>.</para></tip>

  <section xml:id="applications-menu"><info><title>应用程序菜单</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-8"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>menus</primary>
      <secondary>Applications menu</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><guimenu>应用程序</guimenu> 菜单包含一个下拉子菜单，在这里您可以运行一个安装好的应用程序。</para>
    <para lang="en">Each submenu corresponds to a category. For example, in the <guimenu>Sound &amp; Video</guimenu> submenu, you will find applications for playing CDs and recording sound.</para>
    <para>要运行一个应用程序，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
    <orderedlist>
      <listitem><para>点击 <guimenu>应用程序</guimenu>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>把鼠标移动到您想要的分类。当您鼠标滑过时，每个子菜单会出现下一级子菜单。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>点击应用程序所在的菜单项。</para></listitem>
    </orderedlist>
    <para>当您安装一个新的应用程序时，它会自动添加到应用程序菜单中合适的分类里。例如，如果您安装了一个即时通讯应用程序，一个 VoIP 程序，或者 FTP 客户端，您可以在 <guimenu>互联网</guimenu> 子菜单里找到它们。</para>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="places-menu"><info><title>位置菜单</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>Places menu</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>通过 <guimenu>位置</guimenu> 菜单，可以快速转到计算机和本地网络不同位置。在 <guimenu>位置</guimenu> 菜单里，您可以访问下列项目：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para lang="en">Your Home folder<remark>Add link!</remark></para></listitem>    
      <listitem><para>桌面文件夹，相当于显示桌面上的项目。</para></listitem>    
      <listitem><para>Caja 文件管理器书签里的项目。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-bookmarks"/>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>计算机，显示各个磁盘驱动器。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>Caja CD/DVD 刻录机。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-cdwriter"/>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>本地网络。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-accessnetwork"/>。</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <para>菜单的最后三项更像是运行一个动作而不是打开位置。</para>    
                   
    <itemizedlist>          
      <listitem><para><guimenuitem>连接到服务器</guimenuitem>：允许您选择一个服务器来访问。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-server-connect"/>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para lang="en"><guimenuitem>Search for Files</guimenuitem> lets you search for files on your computer. For more on this, see the <link xlink:href="help:mate-search-tool">Search for Files Manual</link>.</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para><guimenuitem>最近的文档</guimenuitem> 子菜单，列出您最近打开的文档。最下面一项是清除这个列表。</para></listitem>                  
    </itemizedlist>                
  </section>

  <section xml:id="desktop-menu"><info><title>系统菜单</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>System Menu</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><guimenu>系统</guimenu> 菜单允许您为 MATE 桌面设置首选项，获得使用 MATE 的帮助，以及注销或者关闭计算机。</para>  
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para><guimenuitem>控制中心</guimenuitem> 项包含配置计算机的首选项工具。更多首选项工具的相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs"/>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para><guimenuitem>帮助</guimenuitem> 项启动帮助浏览器。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para><guimenuitem>关于 MATE</guimenuitem> 项是一个 MATE 的摘要简介，有 MATE 网站链接和版权信息。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para><guimenuitem>锁住屏幕</guimenuitem> 命令启动屏幕保护程序，在返回桌面时要求输入密码。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="lock-screen"/>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>选择 <guimenuitem>注销</guimenuitem> 退出 MATE，或者切换用户。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>选择 <guimenuitem>关闭</guimenuitem> 结束 MATE 会话并关闭或重启计算机。</para></listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
     
     <para>更多关于注消和关机相关信息，请参阅 <xref linkend="shutdown"/>。</para> 

  </section>

  <section xml:id="menu-editor"><info><title>定制面板菜单栏</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-54"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>menus</primary>
      <secondary>customizing</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para>您可以设置下面的菜单项：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para><guimenu>应用程序</guimenu>菜单</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para><menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guisubmenu>首选项</guisubmenu></menuchoice> 子菜单</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para><menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guisubmenu>系统管理</guisubmenu></menuchoice> 子菜单</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <para>要编辑菜单项，在菜单栏上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>编辑菜单</guimenuitem>，出来一个 <guilabel>菜单布局</guilabel> 窗口。</para>
    <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Menu Layout</guilabel> window lists the menus in the left pane. Click on the expand arrows to show or hide submenus. Choose a menu in the left pane to see its items listed in the right pane.</para>
    <para>要移除一个菜单项，在列表里取消选中即可。再次点击又会添加进来。</para>

  </section>
</chapter><!-- Menus -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="caja" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>文件操作</title></info>
  
  <!-- ID tag preserved for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-1"/>

  <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-56"/>

  <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
  <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager / To Open Files -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-58"/>

  <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
  <!-- Desktop Overview / File Manager / To Move Files -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-57"/>

  <!-- MOVE THESE ANCHORS -->
  <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosgetstarted-11"/>
  <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop / To Open Desktop Objects -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-29"/>
  <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop / To Add Objects-->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-19"/>
  <!-- Using the Start Here Location -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-445"/>
  <!-- To Choose a View in Which to Display a File or Folder - (image/text view) -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-100"/>
  <!-- To Modify the Behavior of a View -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-111"/>
  <!-- To Resize an Icon in Icon View - (This can only be done on desktop now) -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-103"/>
  <!-- To Execute Other Actions When Displaying a File -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscaja-73"/>

  <highlights>
    <para>这一章讲解怎样在 <application>Caja</application> 文件管理器中管理文件。</para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="goscaja-21"><info><title>介绍</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>introduction</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-22"><info><title>文件管理器的功能</title></info>
    <para><application>Caja</application> 文件管理器提供方便而全面的方法来管理文件和应用程序。您可以使用它来完成下面的操作：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
       <listitem><para>创建文件夹和文档</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para>显示文件和文件夹</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para>查找和管理文件</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para>运行脚本和快速起动应用程序</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para>定制文件和文件夹外观</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para>打开计算机中的指定位置</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para>把数据写入 CD 或 DVD</para></listitem>
       <listitem><para>安装或删除字体</para></listitem>
     </itemizedlist>
    <para>文件管理器可以将您的文件归类到文件夹。文件夹可以包含文件也可以包含其他文件夹。使用文件夹可以让您更方便地找到自己的文件。</para>
    <para><application>Caja</application> 文件管理器也可以管理桌面。桌面放置的是显示在屏幕上的项目内容。桌面是您一进入系统就激活的组件。</para>
    <para lang="en">Every user has a Home Folder. The Home Folder contains all user's files. The desktop is another folder. The desktop contains special icons allowing easy access to the users Home Folder, Trash, and also removable media such as floppy disks, CDs and USB flash drives.</para>
    <para lang="en"><application>Caja</application> is always running while you are using MATE. To open a new <application>Caja</application> window, double-click on an appropriate icon on the desktop such as <guimenuitem>Home</guimenuitem> or <guimenuitem>Computer</guimenuitem>, or choose an item from <xref linkend="places-menu"/> on the top panel.</para>
    <para>在 MATE 里许多操作是与文件相关的，像文字处理，电子表格，图片，电影和音乐等。</para>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="caja-presentation"><info><title>文件管理器操作</title></info>
    
    <para lang="en"><application>Caja</application> provides two modes in which you can interact with your filesystem: spatial and browser mode. You may decide which method you prefer and set  <application>Caja</application> to always use this by selecting (or deselecting) <guilabel>Always open in browser windows</guilabel> in the <guilabel>Behavior</guilabel> tab of the <xref linkend="caja-preferences"/>.</para>
    <para lang="en">Browser mode is the default in MATE, but your distributor, vendor, or system administrator may have configured <application>Caja</application> to use spatial mode by default.</para>
    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-always-use-browser"><info><title lang="en">Dconf-Editor showing the value of always-use-browser key for gsettings org.mate.caja.preferences schema</title></info>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_always_use_browser.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Dconf-Editor showing the value of always-use-browser key for gsettings org.mate.caja.preferences schema.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
    </figure>
    <para>下面解释了两种模式的不同之处：</para>
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry><!-- BROWSER -->
          <term>浏览模式：浏览您的文件和文件夹</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>在文件夹管理器窗口呈现为一个浏览方式，显示一些位置。打开一个文件夹后将更新显示为新窗口的内容</para>
            <para>浏览窗口不仅显示文件夹的内容，也显示一个工具栏，包括常用的动作按钮和位置，位置栏显示了当前的位置，一个侧边栏显示不同的信息。</para>
             <para>在浏览模式，您同时只能打开少数典型的文件窗口。更多浏览模式相关信息，请参阅 <xref linkend="caja-browser-mode"/>。</para>
          <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-browser-mode"><info><title lang="en"><application>Caja</application> in browser mode</title></info>
            <screenshot>
              <mediaobject lang="en">
                <imageobject>
                  <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_browser_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
                </imageobject>
                <textobject>
                  <phrase>Caja in browser mode.</phrase>
                </textobject>
              </mediaobject>
            </screenshot>
          </figure>
          </listitem>        
        </varlistentry><!-- SPATIAL -->
        <varlistentry>
          <term>单窗口模式：作为一个对象来浏览您的文件和文件夹</term>
          <listitem>
            <para>文件管理器窗口显示一个特定的文件夹窗口。每一个文件夹都在新的窗口中打开。每打开一个的文件夹，您会发现窗口在屏幕中显示同样的位置，同样的大小，跟您最后一次浏览时相同（这也是为什么叫“单窗口模式”的原因）。</para>
            <para>使用单窗口模式可能在屏幕上打开更多的窗口。另一方面，一些用户查看文件和文件夹，是通过实际的具体对象与详细的位置来方便自己的工作。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-spatial-mode"/>。</para>
        
            <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-spatial-mode"><info><title lang="en">Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode</title></info>
              <screenshot>
                <mediaobject lang="en">
                  <imageobject>
                    <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
                  </imageobject>
                  <textobject>
                    <phrase>Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode.</phrase>
                  </textobject>
                </mediaobject>
              </screenshot>
            </figure>
            <note>
              <para>注意，在单窗口模式 <application>Caja</application> 在面板里显示一个打开文件夹的不同图标。</para>
            </note>
          </listitem>             
        </varlistentry>
     </variablelist>   
  </section>
  </section>

  <!-- ====================================================== Spatial mode -->  
  <section xml:id="caja-spatial-mode"><info><title>单窗口模式</title></info>
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-24"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>navigating</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para lang="en">The following section describes how to browse your system using the <application>Caja</application> file manager when configured in spatial mode. In spatial mode, each <application>Caja</application> window corresponds to a single folder. When you open a folder its window appears at the same place on the screen as the last time you looked at it. This is the default behavior in <application>Caja</application>.</para>
    <para>要对比浏览模式和单窗口模式，请参阅 <xref linkend="caja-presentation"/>。</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-510"><info><title>单窗口</title></info>
      <para>每次您打开一个文件夹时，都会将显示一个新窗口。要打开一个文件夹，请按下面的一个步骤操作：</para>
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-25"/><!-- removed id: Displaying Folder Contents -->
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para>在桌面或已存在窗口中双击一个文件夹图标。</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>选择一个文件夹，然后按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>O</keycap></keycombo>。</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>选择一个文件夹，然后按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>下方向键</keycap></keycombo></para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Choose an item from the <xref linkend="places-menu"/> on the top panel. Your Home Folder and folders you have bookmarked are listed here. For more on bookmarks, see <xref linkend="caja-bookmarks"/>.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
      <para>如果想在打开一个新文件夹时，关闭原来的文件夹，双击的时候按住 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键，或者按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>下方向键</keycap></keycombo>。</para>

      <para><xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-504"/> 在单窗口模式中显示文件夹的内容。</para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-504"><info><title lang="en">Contents of a folder in a spatial mode.<indexterm lang="en"><primary>file
manager</primary><secondary>icon view</secondary><tertiary>illustration</tertiary></indexterm></title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_view.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Displaying a folder in spatial mode.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
    <para>在单窗口模式下，每个打开的 <application>Caja</application> 窗口只显示一个位置。选择第二个位置时，将会打开第二个 <application>Caja</application> 窗口。由于每个窗口都在上次打开的位置上，因此当打开许多文件夹时，您可以很容易找到它们。</para>
    <para>一些人认为单窗口模式比较好，尤其是移动文件到另一个文件夹时，另一些人认为打开数量太多。<xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-naut-spatial-many-open"/> 给出一个单窗口模式浏览许多位置的例子。</para>
        <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-spatial-many-open"><info><title lang="en">Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode</title></info>
          <screenshot>
            <mediaobject lang="en">
              <imageobject>
                <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
              </imageobject>
              <textobject>
                <phrase>Three Folders Opened in Spatial Mode.</phrase>
              </textobject>
            </mediaobject>
          </screenshot>
        </figure>
<note>
<para lang="en">Because spatial mode will fill your screen with <application>Caja</application> windows, it is important to be able to reposition them effectively. By holding the <keycap>Alt</keycap> key and clicking anywhere within the bounds of a <application>Caja</application> window you may reposition it simply, instead of requiring that you reposition it by dragging its title bar.</para>
</note>
  </section>

   <section xml:id="caja-spatial-components"><info><title>单窗口模式的窗口组成</title></info>
      <para><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-85"/> 讲解了一个文件窗口的组成部分</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-85"><info><title>单窗口模式的窗口组件</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="29.39*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="70.61*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>组件</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>菜单栏</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>包含菜单栏，您可以用它在文件管理器中执行一个操作。</para>
		<para>您也可以在文件管理器中打开一个弹出菜单。要打开弹出菜单，在一个文件管理器窗口点击鼠标右键。菜单项的内容取决于您点击的位置。例如，当您在一个文件或文件夹上点右键，您会看到文件(夹)相关的操作菜单项。当您在一个空白处或视图里点右键，您会看到跟查看相关的菜单项。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
		<anchor xml:id="goscaja-components-view"/>
                <para>视图面板</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>显示下面的内容：</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>文件夹</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>FTP 站点</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>Windows 共享</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>WebDAV 服务器</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>自定义位置</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>状态栏</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>显示状态信息</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>向上</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>下拉列表显示各级文件夹。从列表里选择一个文件夹，然后打开它。</para>
                <tip><para>如果您要在打开新窗口同时，关闭原来的窗口，请按住 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 。</para></tip>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-4"><info><title>在单窗口中显示主文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Home location</secondary>
        <see>Home location</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Home location</primary>
        <secondary>displaying</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要显示自己的主文件夹，请按用下面的一个操作方法：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>双击桌面上的 <guilabel>主文件夹</guilabel> 图标。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>从一个窗口的菜单栏里，选择 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>主文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para> 
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para>从顶部面板的菜单栏中，选择 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>主文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice> 菜单。</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>用单窗口模式显示主文件夹里的内容。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-511"><info><title>显示上一级文件夹（父文件夹）</title></info>
      <para>父文件夹是指包含当前文件夹的文件夹。要显示父文件夹内容，可以按如下操作：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>打开父文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>上方向键</keycap></keycombo>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para>在窗口左下角点击文件夹选择器，选择父文件夹。</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>当打开父文件夹时，如果要关闭当前文件夹，当在左下角的选择器里选择是，按住 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键，或者按组合键  <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>上方向键</keycap></keycombo>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-512"><info><title>关闭文件夹</title></info>
      <para>要关闭一个文件夹，您可以简单地点击窗口关闭按钮，这是关闭大多数窗口的相同操作。如果想关闭父文件夹，在当前窗口点击菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>关闭父文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。如果您想关闭所有的窗口，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>关闭全部文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-501"><info><title>浏览文件夹</title></info>
      <para>如果您想在浏览模式下打开一个文件夹，其他仍然在单窗口模式，按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>在单窗口模式里选择一个文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>浏览文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-open-location"><info><title>打开位置</title></info>
      <para>您可以在单窗口模式下，通过输入名称来打开一个文件夹或位置。</para>
      <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice>
	<shortcut>
		<keycombo><keysym>L</keysym></keycombo>
	</shortcut>
	<guimenu>File</guimenu>
	<guimenuitem>Open Location</guimenuitem>
</menuchoice>, and type the path or URI of the location you wish to open.
</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!-- ====================================================== Browser mode -->
  <section xml:id="caja-browser-mode"><info><title>浏览模式</title></info>
    <!-- Viewing Files in a File Browser Window -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-210"/>   
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-447"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>windows</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>下面的一节描述了如何在 <application>Caja</application> 文件管理器中用浏览模式浏览文件系统。在浏览模式，打开一个文件夹时，原来的文件夹会立刻变为打开的文件夹内容。</para>
    <para>要对比浏览模式和单窗口模式，请参阅 <xref linkend="caja-presentation"/>。</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-492"><info><title>文件浏览窗口</title></info>
      <para lang="en">You can access the file browser in the following ways:
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>File Browser</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">While in spatial mode you may open a folder in browser mode by right clicking on that folder and choosing <guimenuitem>Browse Folder</guimenuitem>. A new file browser window will then open and display the contents of the selected folder.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para lang="en">If <application>Caja</application> is set to always open browser windows, double clicking any folder will open a browser window, see <xref linkend="goscaja-56"/>.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist></para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-home-browser-mode"><info><title>在文件管理器窗口查看文件夹内容</title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_browser_mode.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase> A folder in a file browser window.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      <note>
        <para>在一些 MATE 桌面的描述中，<guibutton>主文件夹</guibutton> 工具栏按钮可以设计成其他样式，例如<guibutton>文档</guibutton>。</para>
      </note>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-493"><info><title>文件浏览器窗口组成</title></info>
        <para><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-83"/> 文件浏览器窗口组件描述。</para>
        <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-83"><info><title>文件浏览器窗口组成</title></info>
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="29.39*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="70.61*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>组件</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>描述</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>菜单栏</para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>包含菜单栏，您可以用它在文件管理器中执行一个操作。</para>
		              <para>您也可以在文件管理器中打开一个弹出菜单。要打开弹出菜单，在一个文件管理器窗口点击鼠标右键。菜单项的内容取决于您点击的位置。例如，当您在一个文件或文件夹上点右键，您会看到文件(夹)相关的操作菜单项。当您在一个空白处或视图里点右键，您会看到跟查看相关的菜单项。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>工具栏</para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>文件管理器窗口中，运行任务的各个按钮。</para>
<itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guibutton>后退</guibutton> 按钮，返回到之前浏览位置。它旁边的下拉按钮列表里，包含最近浏览的位置，您可以点击快速切换。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para lang="en"><guimenu>Forward</guimenu> Performs the opposite function to the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> toolbar item. If you have previously navigated back in time, then this button returns you to the present.</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guibutton>向上</guibutton>按钮，向上一级到父文件夹。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guibutton>重新载入</guibutton> 按钮，刷新当前文件夹的内容，也可以排列整齐文件夹里的图标。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guibutton>主文件夹</guibutton> 按钮，打开您的主文件夹。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guibutton>计算机</guibutton> 打开计算机文件夹。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guibutton>搜索</guibutton> 打开搜索栏。</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                  <para>位置栏</para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                  <para>位置栏是一个非常重要的工具，在您浏览您的计算机时。它会出现在三个不同的形式，这取决于您的操作。更多使用位置栏的相关信息，请参阅 <xref linkend="caja-location-bar"/>。在三种位置栏中都包括以下几项。</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guimenu>缩放</guimenu> 按钮：可以改变视图窗口的显示比例。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>查看方式</guilabel> 下拉列表：可以选择如何在视图窗口中查看文件。</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
              		<anchor xml:id="goscaja-540"/>
                  <para>侧边栏</para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>进行下面的操作：</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para>显示当前文件或文件夹的信息。</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>允许您浏览您的文件。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
                <para>要显示侧边栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>侧栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。侧边栏包括一个下拉列表按钮，点击可以选择不同查看方式。您可以这样进行选择：</para>                
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Places</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para>显示常用的文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Information</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para>显示当前文件夹的图标和信息。按钮可以出现在侧栏，这些按钮允许您在当前文件夹操作，与默认的图标不同。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Tree</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para>垂直显示文件系统的各个文件夹。您可以点击 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 按钮来浏览文件。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>History</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para>包括曾经访问过的文件，文件夹，FTP 站点，URI 列表。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Notes</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para>可以给文件或文件夹添加备忘录或注释。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">
            <guilabel>Emblems</guilabel>
          </para>
          <para>包括您可以给文件或文件夹添加的徽标。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>要关闭侧边栏，点击侧栏右上角的 <guibutton>X</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
                </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
		<anchor xml:id="goscaja-53"/>
                <para>视图面板</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>显示下面的内容：</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>文件夹</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>FTP 站点</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>Windows 共享</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>WebDAV 服务器</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>自定义位置</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>状态栏</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>显示状态信息</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-18"><info><title>显示或隐藏文件管理器组件</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>window components, showing
and hiding</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>在 <xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-83"/> 里描述了怎样显示或隐藏一个窗口组件，从菜单里选择下面一项：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>要隐藏侧边栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>侧栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。要重新显示侧边栏，再点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>侧栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。另外还可以按 <keycap>F9</keycap> 键来显示和隐藏侧边栏。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>要隐藏工具栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>主工具栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。要重新显示工具栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>主工具栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>要隐藏位置栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>位置栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。要重新显示位置栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>位置栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>要隐藏状态栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>状态栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。要重新显示状态栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>状态栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-location-bar"><info><title>使用位置栏</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>window components, showing
and hiding</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>文件管理器的位置栏在不同情况下可以显示一个位置框，按钮或搜索框。</para>


    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guilabel>Button bar</guilabel></para>
        <para>默认显示按钮条，显示当前位置的各级路径，每个按钮代表一个文件夹。单击一个按钮可以快速跳转到这个文件夹。您可以返回到最开始的文件夹，在按钮条的最左边。</para>
        <para>您也可以拖动一个按钮到另外一个文件夹里，相当于拷贝该文件夹。</para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-903"><info><title lang="en">The button bar</title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_button_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The button bar.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      </listitem>    
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guilabel>Text Location Bar</guilabel></para>
        <para>文本位置栏用路径显示当前位置，例如： “/home/user/Documents”。使用位置栏可以很方便地跳转到一个已知的位置。</para>
        <para>要跳转到一个新位置，输入一个新路径，然后按 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。地址栏里可以自动补全路径，当您输入的是唯一的一个位置时。要接受建议补全，按一下 <keycap>Tab</keycap> 键。</para>
      <para>要一直使用文本位置栏，点击位置栏左边的方块按钮。</para>
      <para>要快速切换到文本地址栏，按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo>，点击<menuchoice><guimenu>转到</guimenu><guimenuitem>位置</guimenuitem></menuchoice>，或者按 <keycap>/</keycap> 键，然后输入一个从根目录开始的路径。当按 <keycap>回车键</keycap> 确定或 <keycap>Esc</keycap> 键取消后，位置按钮条重新显示。</para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-902"><info><title lang="en">The location bar</title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_go_to_location.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The location bar.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><guilabel>Search bar</guilabel></para>
        <para>通过按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo> 或者点击<guibutton>搜索</guibutton> 按钮，会显示搜索栏。更多搜索相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-searching"/>。当您不确定文件位置时，搜索栏是一个很好的工具。</para>
      <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-904"><info><title lang="en">The search bar</title></info>
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_search_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>The search bar.</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
      </listitem>
</itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-499"><info><title>显示您的主文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Home folder</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Home location</secondary>
        <see>Home location</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Home location</primary>
        <secondary>displaying</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要快速显示您的主文件夹，可以在一个文件管理器窗口中，按下面的方法进行操作：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>转到</guimenu><guimenuitem>主目录</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在工具栏中，点击 <guibutton>主文件夹</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在位置侧边栏里点击 <guibutton>主文件夹</guibutton>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>文件管理器窗口显示主文件夹的内容。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-500"><info><title>显示文件夹</title></info>
      <para>文件夹里的内容可以用列表显示，也可以用图标显示，可以在位置栏右边的<guilabel>查看方式</guilabel>下拉列表按钮中选择。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="goscaja-7"/>。</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>在视图窗口里双击一个文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在侧边栏里使用 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="goscaja-27"/>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在位置栏中点击 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 按钮。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>L</keycap></keycombo> 显示 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 文本框，输入要显示的文件夹路径，然后按 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。<guilabel>位置</guilabel> 栏具有自动补全的特性。当您输入一个路径，文件管理器就会读取文件系统，当年输入的字符是唯一的一个文件夹时，系统会自动在 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 栏完成这个文件夹名称。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>使用 <guibutton>后退</guibutton> 按钮和 <guibutton>前进</guibutton> 按钮来浏览曾经访问过的文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>要转到当前文件夹的上一级文件夹，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>转到</guimenu><guimenuitem>打开父文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。另外，也可以使用工具栏中的 <guibutton>向上</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-26"><info><title>显示上一级文件夹（父文件夹）</title></info>
      <para>当前文件夹的父文件夹，是一个级别在当前文件夹之上的文件夹。要显示父文件夹的内容，可以按下列步骤操作：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>按工具栏中的 <guibutton>向上</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>从菜单栏点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>转到</guimenu><guimenuitem>打开父文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>按 <keycap>退格键</keycap>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-27"><info><title>在侧边栏里使用树。</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Tree, using </secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Tree, using</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <para><guilabel>树</guilabel> 是一种非常有用的侧栏模式。它可以用层次级别显示文件系统，可以很方便地浏览文件系统。要在侧边栏显示 <guilabel>树</guilabel>，点击侧边栏左上角的下拉列表按钮，然后选择 <guimenuitem>树</guimenuitem>。</para>
<para>在 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式中，打开一个文件夹后，折叠按钮变成向下的箭头。</para>
      
      <para><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-34"/> 描述了在 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式里可以进行的操作，以及如何操作。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-34"><info><title>树的操作</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>操作任务</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>动作</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>打开树模式</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>在侧边栏左上角的下拉列表里，选择 <guilabel>树</guilabel>。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>关闭 <guilabel>树</guilabel>。</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>在侧栏顶部的下拉列表里选择其他项。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>展开 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式的文件夹。</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>在 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式中，点击一个折叠按钮箭头。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>在 <guilabel> 树</guilabel> 模式中，折叠一个文件夹。</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>在 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式中，点击一个折叠按钮箭头。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>在视图窗口查看文件夹内容。</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>在 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式中，选择一个文件夹。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>打开文件</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>在 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式中，选择一个文件。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para>您可以设置 <guilabel>树</guilabel> 模式的选项，让它不显示文件。更多信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="goscaja-438"/>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-5"><info><title>使用浏览历史记录</title></info>
      <indexterm><primary>文件管理器</primary> <secondary>历史记录导航</secondary></indexterm>
      <para>文件管理器保存了最近访问过的文件，文件夹，FTP 站点，URI 位置的列表。您可以使用历史记录来快速访问这些位置。历史记录中一般保留最近的 10 个访问项目。</para>
      <para>要清除历史记录列表，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>转到</guimenu><guimenuitem>清除历史</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-77"><info><title>使用“转到”菜单，访问历史记录</title></info>
        <para>要显示最近访问列表，点击 <guimenu>转到</guimenu>。最近访问的历史，显示在菜单的底部。单击即可打开一个项。</para>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-78"><info><title>使用工具栏访问历史记录</title></info>
        <para>要使用工具栏访问历史记录，按下面操作进行：</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>要在历史记录中打开一个文件夹或 URI，单击工具栏上的 <guibutton>后退</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>要在历史记录中打开一个文件夹或 URI，点击工具栏上的 <guibutton>前进</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>要显示之前的访问列表，点击 <guibutton>后退</guibutton> 按钮旁边的下拉按钮。点击即可打开下拉列表中的一项。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>要显示之后的访问列表，点击 <guibutton>前进</guibutton> 按钮旁边的下拉按钮。点击即可打开下拉列表中的一项。</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-80"><info><title>使用侧栏访问历史记录</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>History</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para>要在侧栏中显示 <guilabel>历史</guilabel>，点侧栏顶部的下拉列表，然后选择 <guilabel>历史</guilabel>。<guilabel>历史</guilabel> 列表显示了您曾经访问过的项目。</para>
        <para>要在视图窗口里显示列表中的一项，在 <guilabel>历史</guilabel> 列表中双击该项。</para>
      </section>
    </section>
  </section>  
  
  <!-- ======================================================== Opening -->
  <section xml:id="caja-open-file"><info><title>打开文件</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-28"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>opening files</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>当您打开一个文件，文件管理器会用默认操作来处理该文件。</para>
    <para>例如，打开一个音乐文件，将会自动用默认的音乐播放程序来播放它，打开一个文本文件，将会自动用文本编辑器来打开和编辑它，打开一个图片文件时，会自动显示图片。</para>
    <para>文件管理器通过检查文件内容来确定文件类型。如果不能检测出文件类型，那么文件管理器会检查 <glossterm>文件扩展名(file extension)</glossterm>。</para>
    <note><para lang="en">If you open an executable text file, that is, one that Caja considers can be run as a program, then you will be asked what you want to do: run it, or display it in a text editor. You can modify this behavior in <xref linkend="caja-preferences"/>.</para></note>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-29"><info><title>默认打开方式</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>executing default actions
for files</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要使用默认方式打开一个文件，双击这个文件即可。例如，默认情况下文本文件是用文本编辑器打开的。因此，当您在文件上双击，就可以用文本编辑器打开它了。</para>
      <para>您可以在文件管理器中设定首选项，使得您点击文件时执行该文件的默认操作。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="goscaja-56"/>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-30"><info><title>用其他方式(非默认方式)打开</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>executing non-default
actions for files</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要用其他方式打开文件，选中要打开的文件。点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu></menuchoice>，您会发现有一个“使用其他程序打开”命令，或者是 <menuchoice><guimenuitem>使用其他程序打开</guimenuitem></menuchoice> 子菜单。然后从列表中选择您想要使用的程序。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-add-actions"><info><title>添加打开方式</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-204"/><!-- Assigning Actions to Files -->

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>adding actions</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要为一个文件添加打开方式，按下面的步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
         <para>在视图窗口，选择该类型的一个文件。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>使用其他程序打开</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
        <para>也可以在应用程序里点击“打开”命令，然后浏览找到要打开的该类型文件。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
       <para>这个操作将会为该类型文件添加一个打开方式。如果该类型文件以前没有打开方式，那么这个新添加的将作为默认打开方式。</para>
       <para>您还可以在选中文件后，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。然后在 <guilabel>打开方式</guilabel> 标签里设定默认打开方式。</para>
   </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-75"><info><title>更改打开方式</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>modifying actions</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要更改文件(类型)关联方式，按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
         <para>在视图窗口，选择一个您要设置类型的文件。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
       <listitem>
          <para>在上边点击 <guilabel>打开方式</guilabel> 选项卡。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>使用 <guibutton>添加</guibutton> 或 <guibutton>删除</guibutton> 按钮来增删列表项。列表里选中的将作为默认打开方式。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>    
   
  <!-- =========================================== Searching -->    
  </section>

  <section xml:id="caja-searching"><info><title>搜索文件</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>searching files</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><application>Caja</application> 文件管理器包括一个简便的搜索工具。要搜索文件或文件夹，按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>F</keycap></keycombo>，或者点击<guibutton>搜索</guibutton>按钮。这时就会将显示一个搜索栏 <xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-925"/></para>
                    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-925"><info><title lang="en">The search bar</title></info>
                      <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                          <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_search_bar.png" format="PNG"/>
                          </imageobject>
                          <textobject>
                            <phrase>The search bar.</phrase>
                          </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                      </screenshot>
                    </figure>
<para>输入要搜索的文件或文件夹的名称，然后按 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。搜索结果将会出现在窗口 <xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-926"/></para>
                    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-926"><info><title lang="en">The result of a search</title></info>
                      <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                          <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_search_results.png" format="PNG"/>
                          </imageobject>
                          <textobject>
                            <phrase>The result of a search.</phrase>
                          </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                      </screenshot>
                    </figure>
<para lang="en">If you are not happy with your search, you can refine it by adding addition conditions. This allows you to restrict the search to a specific file type or location. To add search conditions click the <guibutton>+</guibutton> icon. <xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-927"/> shows a search which has been restricted to the users home directory and to only search for text files.</para>
                    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-927"><info><title lang="en">Restricting a search</title></info>
                      <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                          <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_refine_search.png" format="PNG"/>
                          </imageobject>
                          <textobject>
                            <phrase>Restricting a search.</phrase>
                          </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                      </screenshot>
                    </figure>

    <section xml:id="caja-saving-searches"><info><title>保存搜索结果</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>executing default actions for files</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>搜索结果也可以保存下来以后用。保存一次，然后以后打开这次搜索。<xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-935"/> 显示一个用户保存了三个搜索结果，并显示了其中的一个。</para>
                    <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-935"><info><title lang="en">Browsing the results of a saved search</title></info>
                    
                      <screenshot>
                        <mediaobject lang="en">
                          <imageobject>
                            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_restore_saved_search.png" format="PNG"/>
                          </imageobject>
                          <textobject>
                            <phrase>Browsing the results of a saved search.</phrase>
                          </textobject>
                        </mediaobject>
                      </screenshot>
                    </figure>
<para>保存的搜索结果就像一个文件夹，您可以在搜索结果里打开，移动或删除文件。</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!-- =========================================== Managing -->
  <section xml:id="goscaja-8"><info><title>管理文件和文件夹</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>managing files and folders</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>这一节讲述了如何进行文件操作和文件夹操作。</para>

  	<section xml:id="caja-directories-file-systems" status="complete"><info><title>目录和文件系统</title></info>
				<para lang="en">In Linux and other Unix-like operating systems, the filesystem is organised in a hierarchical, tree-like structure.  The highest level of the filesystem is the <filename>/</filename> or <emphasis>root directory</emphasis>.  These operating systems create a virtual file system, in which a filesystem object, such as a file or a directory, is represented by an inode. Each inode stores information about its parent and children, as well as its own attributes, among others, the owner, the permissions, the last change, access or modification of the filesystem object.
  				</para>
  				<para>例如：<filename>/home/jebediah/cheeses.odt</filename> 给出了一个完整的路径位置，它指向 <filename>cheeses.odt</filename> 文件，该文件位于 <filename>jebediah</filename> 文件夹中，jebediah文件夹又位于 <filename>home</filename> 文件夹里。最后，<filename>home</filename> 文件夹是位于根目录(<filename>/</filename>)下的，就是按照这个顺序一级一级的。</para>
				<para lang="en">Underneath the root (<filename>/</filename>) directory, there is a set of important directories, or symbolic links to directories:
  				</para>
  					<itemizedlist>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/bin</filename> - 这里面包含重要的 <emphasis>二进制</emphasis> 程序</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/boot</filename> - 这里面包含 <emphasis>引导</emphasis> 计算机所必须的文件</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/dev</filename> - 这里面包含的是 <emphasis>设备</emphasis> 文件</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/etc</filename> - 这里面包含配置文件，启动脚本 <emphasis>等等</emphasis>...</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/home</filename> - 这里面包含各个用户的 <emphasis>主文件夹</emphasis></para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/lib</filename> - 这里面包含的是系统 <emphasis>库</emphasis> 文件</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/lost+found</filename> - 在根目录(<filename>/</filename>)下的一个文件夹，里面存放非正常操作时，系统自动恢复出的 <emphasis>lost+found</emphasis> 系统</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/media</filename> - 挂载的可移动 <emphasis>介质</emphasis>，如光盘，数码相机等</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/mnt</filename> - 里面存放已 <emphasis>挂载</emphasis> 的文件系统</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/opt</filename> - 这里存放已安装的 <emphasis>其他</emphasis>应用程序</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/proc</filename> - 这是一个特殊的虚拟目录，包括当前系统的信息和正在运行的各个 <emphasis>进程</emphasis> 的信息</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/root</filename> - <emphasis>根用户</emphasis> 的主文件夹，发音为“slash-root”</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/sbin</filename> - 这里存放超级用户使用的重要 <emphasis>系统</emphasis><emphasis>二进制</emphasis> 文件</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/srv</filename> - 当一些 <emphasis>服务</emphasis> 启动后，用来存放一些数据</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/sys</filename> - 包含 <emphasis>系统</emphasis> 的相关信息</para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/tmp</filename> - <emphasis>临时文件夹</emphasis></para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/usr</filename> - 存放大多数用户都可以访问的 <emphasis>应用程序</emphasis></para>
  						</listitem>
  						<listitem>
  							<para><filename>/var</filename> - 存放经常 <emphasis>变动</emphasis> 的文件，像日志文件，数据库文件等</para>
  						</listitem> 
  					</itemizedlist>
				<note><para lang="en">More detailed information on the UNIX-like filesystem hierarchy is available at Filesystem Hierarchy Standard 3.0 <link xlink:href="http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/fhs.shtml">http://refspecs.linuxfoundation.org/fhs.shtml</link>.</para></note>
  	</section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-7"><info><title>查看文件或文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>viewer components</primary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>views</secondary>
        <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>文件管理器包括几种不同的视图方式来查看您的文件夹：图标视图和列表视图。</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>图标视图</para>
          <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-naut-icon-view"/> Shows the items in the folder as icons.
          <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-icon-view"><info><title lang="en">The Home Folder displayed in an icon view</title></info>
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_icon_view.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Your Home Folder displayed in an icon view.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
          </figure></para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>列表视图</para>
          <para lang="en"><xref linkend="goscaja-FIG-naut-list-view"/> Shows the items in the folder as a list.
          <figure xml:id="goscaja-FIG-naut-list-view"><info><title lang="en">The Home Folder displayed in a list view</title></info>
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_spatial_list_view.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Your Home Folder displayed in a list view.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
          </figure>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>您可以点击 <guilabel>查看</guilabel> 菜单，或者 <guilabel>查看方式</guilabel> 下拉列表，选择图标视图或者列表视图。您可以在视图窗口指定文件的排列或排序方式，缩放视图窗口中文件显示大小。下面的内容描述了如何用图标视图和列表视图查看。</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-101"><info><title>在图标视图下排列文件</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>icon view</secondary>
          <tertiary>arranging files in</tertiary>
        </indexterm>
        <para>当您在图标视图下显示文件夹内容时，您可以设定如何排列文件夹中的文件。要指定一种排列方式，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guisubmenu>排列项目</guisubmenu></menuchoice>。在 <guisubmenu>排列项目</guisubmenu> 子菜单中包括下列项目：</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>第一个菜单是手动排列，可以自己拖动图标。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>第二个是自动排列，不需要其他操作。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>下边的菜单中可以按一种方式来排列。</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
        <para>从子菜单中选择合适的一项，下表描述了这些项目：</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colname="colspec6" colwidth="28.75*"/>
            <colspec colname="colspec7" colwidth="71.25*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>选项</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>描述</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Manually</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>选择此项将手动排列图标。在视图窗口中通过拖动图标，把文件排列到不同的位置。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Name</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select this option to sort the
items alphabetically by name. The order of the items is not case-sensitive.
If the file manager is set to display hidden files, the hidden files are shown
last.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Size</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para>选择此项，里面的文件项目将按从小到大排列。当您用大小排序时，里面的文件夹还是用名称排序，没有按大小来排序。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Type</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para>选择此项，按文件的类型来排列。项目的排序是根据文件类型 <firstterm>MIME 类型</firstterm>。MIME 类型定义了一个文件的格式类型，并且指定应用程序如何读取该文件。例如，一个邮件程序可以通过 <literal>image/png</literal> MIME 类型来检测到 PNG 格式的图片附件。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Modification Date</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para>选择此项，将按项目的最后修改时间来排序。最近修改的排在前面。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>By Emblems</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para>选择此项，将按项目上的徽标来排列，徽标按名称排列，没有徽标的排到最后。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry colname="colspec6" valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Compact Layout</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry colname="colspec7" valign="top">
                  <para>选择此项，项目彼此间的距离会很近，从而可以显示更多项。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Reversed Order</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>选择此项，将按照相反的顺序来排列项目。例如，如果您选择“按名称”排列项目，再选中 <guilabel>逆序</guilabel>，那么项目排列是按名称字母倒序的顺序来排列了。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-listview-arrange"><info><title>在列表视图排列文件</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>list view</secondary>
          <tertiary>arranging files in</tertiary>
        </indexterm>
        <para>当您在列表视图显示文件夹内容时，您可以指定如何排列文件夹里的项目。要在列表视图中指定排列顺序，找到视图窗口里列表的标题栏，点击您要设定顺序的名称。要把顺序倒转过来，只要再点击一些这个名称即可。</para>
        <para>要添加或移除列表里的一列，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guisubmenu>可见列</guisubmenu></menuchoice></para>
        <para>文件管理器将记住您在这个文件夹里的设定。下一次再打开这个文件夹时，将显示当前选择的排列方式，也就是说当您指定一个文件夹的排列顺序后，您可以定制文件夹用那种方法显示。要返回到默认的排列方式，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>将视图重置为默认值</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
      </section>

<section xml:id="goscaja-102"><info><title>在视图中改变项目显示大小</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>zooming in and out</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以在视图里改变项目的显示大小。如果在视图窗口中显示有文件或文件夹，您可以用以下方法改变项目的大小：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>要在视图窗口中放大项目，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>放大</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>要在视图窗口中缩小项目，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>缩小</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>要在视图窗口中恢复默认大小，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>普通大小</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>您还可以使用在位置栏右边的缩放按钮，来改变视图中项目的大小。<xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-42"/> 描述了如何使用缩放按钮。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-42"><info><title>缩放按钮</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="21.98*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="32.86*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="44.17*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>按钮</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>按钮名称</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_zoom_out_button.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Zoom Out button.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para><guibutton>缩小</guibutton> 按钮</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>点击这个按钮视图窗口里的项目变小。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_normal_size_button.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Normal Size button.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para><guibutton>普通大小</guibutton> 按钮</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>点击这个按钮，视图窗口中项目恢复普通大小。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_zoom_in_button.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Zoom In button.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para><guibutton>放大</guibutton> 按钮</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>点击这个按钮，视图窗口中的项目会放大。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para>文件管理器会记住每个文件夹中项目的大小，当您再次打开这个文件夹时，里面的项目会是当前设定的大小。换句话说，当您在一个文件夹里进行了缩放操作，就是设定了文件夹项目的大小。要恢复普通大小，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>普通大小</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
    </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-select"><info><title>选择文件和文件夹</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-202"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>selecting files and folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para lang="en">You can select files and folders in several
ways in the file manager. Typically, this is achieved by clicking on the files using the mouse, as explained in <xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-10"/>. In addition, <xref linkend="caja-select-pattern"/> describes how to select a group of files matching a specific pattern.</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-10"><info><title>在文件管理器中选择项目</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>操作任务</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>动作</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>选择一项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>点击该项。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>选择一组连续的项目</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>在图标视图方式，拖动一个框，框住您要选择的项目。</para>
                <para>在列表视图方式，点击这一组的第一项，然后按住 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键不放，再点击这一组的最后一项。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>选择多个项目</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>按住 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 键，然后点击各个您要选中的项。</para>
                <para>另外，您也可以按住 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 键，然后拖一个框，框住那些您要选中的项。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>选择文件夹里所有的项目</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>全选</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para>要在用默认的打开方式运行一个项目，双击该项即可。您也可以在首选项里设置通过单击打开一个项目，更多相关信息，请参阅： see <xref linkend="goscaja-56"/>。</para>

<section xml:id="caja-select-pattern"><info><title>选择同一类型文件</title></info>
<para><application>Caja</application> 允许您在文件名中，使用一个或几个通配符来选择同一类文件。这是一个很有用的功能，例如，您希望选择所有文件名中包含 “memo” 的文件。<xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-select-pattern"/> 给出了一些实例和操作结果。</para>
<table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-select-pattern"><info><title>在文件管理器中选择项目</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="63.64*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>模式</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>匹配的文件</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>note.*</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>匹配名称为 note 的所有类型项目。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>*.ogg</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>匹配文件类型为 .ogg 的所有项目</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>*memo*</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>匹配所有名称中包含 memo 的文件或文件夹</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para>要进行按模式选择，在菜单中点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>按模式选择</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。在输入需要的模式后，将仅仅显示匹配的项目。您此时可以选择使用检索出的文件。</para>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-dragndrop"><info><title>在文件管理器中拖放操作</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-201"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>drag-and-drop</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以在文件管理器中，通过拖放来执行不同的操作。当您进行拖放操作时，鼠标指针会根据操作显示不同的样式。 <xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-11"/> 讲述了可以进行的拖放操作和鼠标指针的样式。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-11"><info><title>在文件管理器中拖放操作</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="3" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="36.36*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec2" colwidth="98.56*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="28.70*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>操作任务</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2">
                <para>动作</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>鼠标指针</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>移动</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>拖动项目到新位置。</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/move_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Move pointer.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>复制</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>用鼠标点击一项不放，然后按住 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 键。拖动这一项到另外一个位置。</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/copy_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Copy pointer.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>给项目创建一个符号链接</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>用鼠标点击一项不放，然后按住 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo> 键。拖动这一项到您想放置符号链接的位置。</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/link_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Symbolic link pointer.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>询问对拖动的项目如何操作</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec2" valign="top">
                <para>用鼠标点击一项不放，然后按住 <keycap>Alt</keycap> (也可以使用鼠标中键来进行相同操作)。拖动该项到另一个位置，松开鼠标按键，将显示一个弹出菜单，选择您要进行的一项操作。</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Move here</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para>把项目移动到此处。</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Copy here</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para>把项目复制到此处。</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Link here</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para>在此处为该项目创建链接。</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para><guimenuitem>设为背景</guimenuitem></para>
                    <para>如果是一个图片项，可以把图片设置为背景。您可以用这种方法，为桌面，侧栏，或视图窗口设置背景。</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guimenuitem>Cancel</guimenuitem>
                    </para>
                    <para>取消拖放操作。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/ask_pointer.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Ask pointer.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-9"><info><title>移动文件或文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>moving files and folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以用鼠标拖动的方法移动文件和文件夹，或者也可以用剪切和粘贴命令。下面的内容讲述了这两种方法。</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-537"><info><title>拖动到新位置</title></info>
        <para>要拖动一个文件或文件夹到新位置，请按以下步骤操作：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>打开两个文件管理器窗口：</para>
            <itemizedlist>
	            <listitem><para>一个窗口包含您要移动的项目。</para></listitem>
	            <listitem><para>另一个窗口包含您要移动到的目的文件夹。</para></listitem>
            </itemizedlist>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>拖动文件或文件夹到一个新位置。如果新位置是一个窗口，拖到窗口里面即可；如果是窗口里的一个文件夹，拖到这个文件夹图标上面再松开。</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
        <para>要移动的文件(或文件夹)到当前位置的下一级文件夹，不用打开新窗口，只要在相同窗口拖动文件(或文件夹)到这个下一级的文件夹图标上。</para>
        <tip><para>更多拖动项目的相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-dragndrop"/>。</para></tip>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-538"><info><title>剪切和粘贴到新位置</title></info>
        <para>您可以剪切一个文件(或文件夹)，然后粘贴文件到另一个文件夹，操作如下：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>选中您要移动的文件(或文件夹)，然后点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>剪切</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>再打开您要移动过去的文件夹，然后点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>粘贴</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-10"><info><title>复制文件或文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>copying files and folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以通过鼠标拖动来复制一个文件(或文件夹)，也可以使用复制和粘贴命令。下面内容讲述了这两种方法。</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-640"><info><title>拖动到新位置</title></info>
        <para>要复制一个文件或文件夹，请按以下步骤操作：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>打开两个文件管理器窗口：</para>
            <itemizedlist>
	            <listitem><para>一个窗口包含您要移动的项目。</para></listitem>
	            <listitem><para>另一个窗口包含您要移动到的目的文件夹。</para></listitem>
            </itemizedlist>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>拖动文件(或文件夹)到一个新位置，同时按住 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 键。如果新位置是一个窗口，拖动到里面即可。如果新位置是一个文件夹图标，那么拖到文件夹图标上再松开。</para>
          </listitem>          
        </orderedlist>
        <para>要复制文件(或文件夹)到当前位置的下一级子文件夹里，不用再打开一个新窗口，可以按住 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 键，然后拖动文件(或文件夹)到这个子文件夹图标上即可。</para>
        <tip><para>更多拖动项目的相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-dragndrop"/>。</para></tip>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-441"><info><title>复制粘贴到新位置</title></info>
        
        <para>您可以复制一个文件(文件夹)然后粘贴文件到另一个文件夹中，操作如下：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>选中您要复制的文件(文件夹)，然后点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>复制</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>再打开您要复制过去的文件夹，然后点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>粘贴</guimenuitem></menuchoice>命令。</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-82"><info><title>就地复制文件或文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>duplicating files and
folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要在当前文件夹给一个文件(或文件夹)创建副本，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>选中要复制的文件或文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>就地复制</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
          <para>该文件(或文件夹)的一个副本就会出现在当前文件夹中。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-11"><info><title>创建文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm><primary>文件管理器</primary> <secondary>新建文件夹</secondary></indexterm>
      <para>要创建一个文件夹，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>打开一个文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>创建文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。另外，您也可以在窗口里面的空白处点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>创建文件夹</guimenuitem>。</para>
          <para>一个<guilabel>未命名文件夹</guilabel>出现在当前位置。文件夹的名字是选中的。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>给文件夹输入一个名称，然后按一下 <keycap>回车键</keycap>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-templates-docs"><info><title>模板和文档</title></info>
      <indexterm><primary>文件管理器</primary> <secondary>新建文件</secondary></indexterm>
      <para>您可以为经常使用的文档创建一个模板。例如，假设您经常开发票，就可以创建一个空的发票文档，然后把文档保存为 <literal>invoice.doc</literal>，文件位置保存在 <literal>主文件夹/模板 ($HOME/Templates)</literal> 文件夹中。</para>
      <para>您可以在文件管理器中访问创建好的模板。点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>转到</guimenu><guimenuitem>模板</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
      <para>然后模板的名称就出现在 <guilabel>创建文档</guilabel> 子菜单里。</para>
      <para>您也可以在模板文件夹中创建文件夹。子文件夹将显示为一个子菜单。</para>
      <para>您也可以共享模板。创建一个从模板文件夹到包含共享模板的文件夹。</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-514"><info><title>创建文档</title></info>
        <para>如果有文档模板，您可以选择从一个模板来创建文档。</para>
        <para>要创建文档，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>打开您要创建文档的文件夹。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>创建文档</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。另外，您也可以在文件夹空白处点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>创建文档</guimenuitem>。</para>
            <para>各个模板显示在<guilabel>创建文档</guilabel>子菜单中。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>双击打开您要创建的模板文件名。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>在保存到文件夹时，不要忘记给文档换个文件名。</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-12"><info><title>重命名文件或文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>renaming folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要重命名文件(或文件夹)，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>选择您想重命名的文件或文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击<menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>重命名</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。另外，您也可以在文件(或文件夹)上点右键，然后选择<guimenuitem>重命名</guimenuitem>。</para>
          <para>文件(或文件夹)的名称被选中。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>输入一个新的名称，然后按一下<keycap>回车键</keycap>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-13"><info><title>把文件或文件夹移动到回收站</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>Trash</secondary>
        <see>Trash</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Trash</primary>
        <secondary>moving files or folders to</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要移动一个文件(或文件夹)到<guilabel>回收站</guilabel>，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>选择想要移动到 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 的文件或文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>移动到回收站</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。另外，您也可以在文件(或文件夹)上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>移动到回收站</guimenuitem>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para>另外，您还可以拖动一个文件(或文件夹)到桌面的 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel>图标上。</para>
      <note>
        <para>当您把一个可移动介质的文件移动到 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel>时，文件将被存放在可移动介质的 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel>文件夹里。要彻底从可移动介质里删除文件，您必须要清空 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel>。</para>
      </note>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-443"><info><title>删除文件或文件夹</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>deleting files or folders</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>如果您在  <guilabel>文件管理器首选项</guilabel>对话框里选中了<guilabel>包含绕过回收站的删除命令</guilabel>，这时有一个 <guimenuitem>删除</guimenuitem> 菜单项，当您用它删除一个文件或文件夹时，文件不是移动到文件夹，而是立即从文件系统里删除。</para>
      <para>要删除一个文件或文件夹，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>选中要删除的文件或文件夹</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>删除</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。另外，在文件(或文件夹)上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>删除</guimenuitem>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para lang="en">
	Alternatively, select the file or folder you want to delete, and press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>Del</keycap></keycombo>. 
	<note>
	  <para lang="en">
	    This shortcut is independent from the <guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel> option. 
	  </para>
	</note>
      </para>
    </section>
    <section xml:id="caja-symlink"><info><title>创建一个到文件或文件夹的符号链接</title></info>
      
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-14"/>        
      <indexterm><primary>文件管理器</primary> <secondary>创建符号链接</secondary></indexterm>
      <indexterm><primary>符号链接</primary> <secondary>到文件或文件夹，创建</secondary></indexterm>
      <para>符号链接是一个特殊类型的文件，它指向另一个文件或文件夹。您在一个符号链接上执行一个动作时，会由它指向的文件或文件夹来执行。然而，当您删除一个符号链接时，您只是删除了这个链接文件，并没有删除它指向的文件或文件夹。</para>
      <para>要给一个文件或文件夹创建符号链接，先选中这个文件(或文件夹)，然后点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>创建链接</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
      <para>另外，点击选中要创建链接的项不放，然后按住 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>Shift</keycap></keycombo> 键。拖动这个项到您要创建链接的位置松开即可。</para>
      <para>默认情况下，文件管理器会为符号链接添加一个徽标。</para>
      <note>
        <para>符号链接是否允许访问，是由链接指向的文件或文件决定的。</para>
      </note>
      <tip><para>更多拖动项目的相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-dragndrop"/>。</para></tip>      
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-476"><info><title>查看文件或文件夹属性</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>viewing properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要查看文件或文件夹属性，请按下面的步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>选中一个文件或文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem></menuchoice> 命令，将显示一个属性对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在属性对话框里查看文件或文件夹的属性。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮关闭对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

      <para>下表列出了文件或文件夹的常见属性，具体显示哪些属性取决于选中的对象类型：</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="27.27*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="72.73*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>属性</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>名称</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>文件(或文件夹)的名称。您可以在这儿修改文件(文件夹)的名称，当您 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 对话框后，文件(文件夹)名称将会改变。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>类型</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>对象的类型，例如是文件还是文件夹。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>位置</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>对象路径。这事对象在计算机中的位置，是从根目录 (/) 开始的路径。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>文件卷</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">The volume on which a folder resides. This is the physical location of the folder, on which media it resides, for example which hard disk or CD-ROM drive.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>剩余空间</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>文件所在介质的总计剩余空间。这是您可以使用的最大的空间数。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>MIME 类型</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>官方规定的文件类型。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>修改日期</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>对象最后修改的日期和时间。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>访问时间</para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>对象最后被访问的日期和时间。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-permissions-overview" status="review"><info><title>文件权限</title></info>
        <para>权限是设定各个用户能对该文件或文件夹进行哪些操作。例如，您可以设定允许其他用户读取和编辑您创建的一个文件，或者只允许他们读取该文件而不能改变它。</para>
        <para>每个文件属于一个特定的用户，并联系到该用户所属于的组。管理员用户 “root”，可以访问系统中的所有文件。</para>
        <para>您可以为三种用户设定权限：</para>        
        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry><term>所有者</term>
            <listitem>
              <para>创建这个文件或文件夹的用户。</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term>群组</term>
            <listitem>
              <para>文件创建者所属的组。</para>
            </listitem>     
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term>其它</term>
            <listitem>
              <para>其他没包括的用户。</para>
            </listitem>     
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
        <para>对每个不同的用户，可以设置不同的权限。这个行为对文件和文件夹有所不同，如下所述：</para>
        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry><term>读取</term>
            <listitem>          
            <para>文件可以被打开</para>
            <para>文件夹内容可以被显示</para>
            </listitem>          
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term>写入</term>
            <listitem>          
            <para>文件可以被编辑或删除</para>
            <para>文件夹内容可以被修改</para>
             </listitem>          
         </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term>执行</term>
            <listitem>          
            <para>允许以程序执行文件</para>
            <para>文件夹可以进入</para>
            </listitem>          
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>        

        <para>更多关于文件或文件夹，改变权限的操作，请参阅：<xref linkend="caja-permissions"/>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-permissions"><info><title>更改权限</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-430"/>
      
      <section xml:id="caja-permissions-file"><info><title>更改文件权限</title></info>    
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>changing permissions</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>permissions</primary>
          <secondary>changing file</secondary>
        </indexterm>      
        <para>要改变一个文件的权限，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>选中文件。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>点击 <guilabel>权限</guilabel> 标签。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>要更改文件所属组，从群组下拉列表中选择一个组。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>          
            <para>为每个所有者，群组，其他用户，选择一个权限：</para>
            <variablelist>
              <varlistentry><term>无</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>不能访问该文件（您不能对文件所有者设置它）。</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>只读</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>用户可以打开文件查看内容，但是不能更改它。</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>读写</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>普通的访问操作：可以打开和保存文件。</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
            </variablelist>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>要让一个文件可以作为程序执行，选中 <guilabel>执行</guilabel>。</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>   
      </section>    

      <section xml:id="caja-permissions-folder"><info><title>改变一个文件夹的权限</title></info>    
        
        
        <para>要改变文件夹的权限，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>选中文件夹。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>点击 <guilabel>权限</guilabel> 标签。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>要改变文件夹的所属组，从群组下拉列表选择一个组。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>          
            <para>为每个所有者，群组，其他用户，选择一组权限：</para>
            <variablelist>
              <varlistentry><term>无</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>不能访问该文件夹（您不能对文件夹所有者设置它）。</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>只能列出文件</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>用户可以看到文件夹里的项目，但是不能打开它们。</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>访问文件</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>文件夹中的项目可以打开和修改，各个项目的的权限也允许。</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
              <varlistentry><term>创建和删除文件</term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>用户可以在文件夹中创建文件和删除文件，还可以访问已经存在的文件。</para>
                </listitem>     
              </varlistentry>
            </variablelist>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>  
       
        <para>要给一个文件夹里所有项目设置权限，找到 <guilabel>文件夹访问</guilabel> 和 <guilabel>执行</guilabel> 属性，然后点击 <guibutton>对包含的文件应用权限</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
      </section>           

    </section>
    
    <section xml:id="goscaja-200"><info><title>给文件或文件夹添加备注</title></info>
      <para>您可以给文件或文件夹添加备注，按下面的方法操作：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>从属性对话框</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>从侧边栏的 <guilabel>备忘</guilabel> 里</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>

      <section xml:id="caja-notes"><info><title>用属性对话框添加备注</title></info>
        <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
        <anchor xml:id="goscaja-472"/>           
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>notes</primary>
          <secondary>adding to files and folders</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>file manager</primary>
          <secondary>notes</secondary>
          <tertiary>adding</tertiary>
        </indexterm>
        <para>要给一个文件或文件夹添加备注，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>选中文件或文件夹</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed.</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>点击属性中的<guilabel>备忘</guilabel>标签，在<guilabel>备忘</guilabel>窗口中输入备注内容。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮，关闭对话框。文件(或文件夹)图标上添加了备注徽标。</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
        <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>notes</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm><indexterm lang="en"><primary>file manager</primary><secondary>notes</secondary><tertiary>deleting</tertiary></indexterm>To delete a note, delete the note text from the <guilabel>Notes</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
      </section>
      <section xml:id="goscaja-473"><info><title>要在侧边栏中添加注释</title></info>
        
        <para>要给一个文件或文件夹添加备注，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>在视图窗口打开您要添加备注的文件或文件夹。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>从侧栏顶部的下拉列表中选择 <guilabel>备忘</guilabel>。要显示侧栏，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>侧栏</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>在侧栏的备注窗口里输入内容。在视图窗口里，这个文件或文件夹上也添加了一个备注徽标。</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
        <para>要删除备注内容，在侧栏的 <guilabel>备忘</guilabel> 窗口里删除内容。</para>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-bookmarks"><info><title>为您常用的位置使用书签</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-36"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>bookmarks</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以在 <application>Caja</application> 中存放一个 <firstterm>书签</firstterm> 列表：文件夹、其他位置等您经常打开的位置。</para>
      <para>书签在下列的位置可以找着：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
    	  <listitem><para>在顶部面板的 <guimenu>位置</guimenu> 菜单。</para></listitem>
    	  <listitem><para>文件夹窗口的 <guimenu>位置</guimenu> 菜单里。</para></listitem>
    	  <listitem><para><application>Caja</application> 窗口的 <guimenu>书签</guimenu> 菜单里。</para></listitem>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">The side pane in the <xref linkend="filechooser-open"/>. This allows you to quickly open a file that is in one of your bookmarked locations.</para></listitem>
    	  <listitem><para lang="en">The list of commonly used locations in the <xref linkend="filechooser-save"/>. This allows you to quickly save a file to a location you have in your bookmarks.</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
      <para>要打开您书签中的内容，从菜单中选择它们即可。</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-40"><info><title>添加一个书签</title></info>
        <para>要添加一个书签，打开一个文件夹(或位置)，然后点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>添加书签</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。译注：“位置”菜单是在单窗口模式下。</para>
        <para>如果您在 <application>Caja</application> 的浏览模式，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>书签</guimenu><guimenuitem>添加书签</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
      </section>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-41"><info><title>编辑一个书签</title></info>
        <para>通过以下步骤来编辑您的书签：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>编辑书签</guimenuitem></menuchoice>，如果在浏览窗口模式，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>书签</guimenu><guimenuitem>编辑书签</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。将显示一个 <guilabel>编辑书签</guilabel>对话框。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>在 <guilabel>编辑书签</guilabel> 对话框的侧栏中，选择一个书签，然后在右边的面板里编辑，操作如下：</para>
            <informaltable frame="topbot">
              <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <colspec colwidth="27.27*"/>
                <colspec colwidth="72.73*"/>
                <thead>
                  <row rowsep="1">
                    <entry>
                      <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry>
                      <para>描述</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                </thead>
                <tbody>
                  <row>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Name</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para>在名称文本框中，输入书签的名称。</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para><guilabel>定位</guilabel></para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para>在位置栏里输入书签的位置。</para>
                      <para>本地文件夹的位置用 <uri>file:///</uri> 的 URI 表示。</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                </tbody>
              </tgroup>
            </informaltable>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>要删除一个书签，在对话框的侧栏选择一个书签，然后点击 <guilabel>删除</guilabel> 按钮。</para>
          </listitem>
        </orderedlist>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-trash"><info><title>使用回收站</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-44"/>         
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_trash_launcher.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>Trash icon, empty.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>Trash</primary>
        <secondary>introduction</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>回收站是一个特殊文件夹，里面存放您不想要的文件。在您清空回收站前，里面的文件是不会永久删除的。这种两次删除机制，可以让您有机会改变注意，亦可减少误删。</para>
      <para>您可以移动这些项目到 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel>：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>文件</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>文件夹</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>桌面对象</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>如果您想从 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 里恢复文件，打开 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel>，然后把文件移出<guilabel>回收站</guilabel>，如果您删除了 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 里的内容，那么文件将被彻底删除。</para>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-107"><info><title>查看回收站</title></info>
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>Trash</primary>
          <secondary>displaying</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para>您可以用下面的方法来查看 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 的内容：</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>从一个文件浏览窗口</para>
            <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>转到</guimenu><guimenuitem>回收站</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。<guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 的内容显示在窗口中。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>在单窗口模式里</para>
            <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>回收站</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。<guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 的内容显示在窗口中。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>从桌面</para>
            <para>双击桌面上的 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 图标。</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
      </section>
      <section xml:id="goscaja-108"><info><title>清空回收站</title></info>
        
        <indexterm lang="en">
          <primary>Trash</primary>
          <secondary>emptying</secondary>
        </indexterm>
        <para>您可以用下面的方法来清空 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel>：</para>
        <itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para>从一个文件浏览窗口</para>
            <para>选择 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>清空回收站</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
          </listitem>
          <listitem>
            <para>从桌面</para>
            <para>在 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 图标上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>清空回收站</guimenuitem>。</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
   <caution>
    <para>当您清空了回收站，里面的所有文件会被彻底删除，因此您要确定不再需要里面的文件了。</para>
   </caution>
      </section>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-hidden-files"><info><title>隐藏文件</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>hidden</primary>
        <secondary>files</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>默认情况下，<application>Caja</application> 文件浏览器不显示文件夹里的某些系统文件和备份文件。这将能防止意外修改或删除它们，减少对系统的损害，也可以使得像主文件夹这样的文件夹不至于太杂乱。文件夹浏览器不显示：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem><para>隐藏文件，即文件名以 (.) 开头的文件。</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>备份文件，即文件名以 (~) 结尾的文件。</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>在指定文件夹中的 <filename>.hidden</filename> 文件里列出的文件。</para></listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      
      <para lang="en">You may hide or show hidden files in a particular folder by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>View</guimenu><guimenuitem>Show Hidden Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by pressing <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
      
      <para>要设置 <application>Caja</application> 一直显示隐藏文件，请参阅 <xref linkend="caja-preferences"/>。</para>

      <section xml:id="caja-managing-hidden-files"><info><title>隐藏一个文件或文件夹</title></info>
        <indexterm><primary>创建</primary> <secondary>隐藏</secondary></indexterm>
        <para>要在 <application>Caja</application> 中隐藏一个文件，也可以重命名这个文件，在文件名的开头加上一个点击(.) ，或者在这个文件夹下，创建一个名称为 <filename>.hidden</filename> 的文本文件，然后把要隐藏的文件名添加到里面，例如：</para>
        <programlisting>文件名
文件夹名</programlisting>
        <para>您可能需要刷新一下 <application>Caja</application> 窗口来查看改变：按一下组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo>。</para>
      </section>
  </section>
  </section>
  <!-- ====================================================== File properties -->    

  <section xml:id="caja-properties"><info><title>项目属性</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-51"/><!-- was: changing icon, but linked to from the GUI -->

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>properties</secondary>
    </indexterm>    
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>file properties</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><guilabel>项目属性</guilabel> 窗口会在文件管理器里显示文件，文件夹，或其他项目更多的信息。在这个窗口里，您也可以进行下面的操作：</para> 
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem><para>改变一个项目的图标，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-icon"/>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>为一个项目添加或删除徽标，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-emblems"/>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>改变 UNIX 文件的权限，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-permissions"/>。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>选择用哪一个程序来打开该项目以及其他相同的类型的项目。</para></listitem>
      <listitem><para>添加备注：请参阅 <xref linkend="caja-notes"/>。</para></listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para>要打开一个项目的属性窗口，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
    <orderedlist>
	    <listitem><para>选择要查看和更改属性的项目。如果您选择多个项目，属性窗口只显示全部项目共有的属性。</para></listitem>
	    <listitem>
	      <para>执行下面的一个操作：</para>
  	      <itemizedlist>
        	  <listitem><para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice>
  <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>在选中项目上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem>。</para></listitem>
            <listitem><para>按组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>回车键</keycap></keycombo>。</para></listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
	    </listitem>
    </orderedlist>
  </section>  
  
  <!-- ====================================================== Appearance -->  
  <section xml:id="goscaja-203"><info><title>更改文件和文件夹外观</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>modifying appearance of files and folders</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><application>Caja</application> 文件管理器允许您用几种不同的方法来设置文件和文件夹的外观。您可以可以定制文件和文件夹的徽标和背景。您也可以改变 <application>Caja</application> 的版式。下面的内容讲述了如何做到这一点。</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-550"><info><title>图标和徽标</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>icons</secondary>
        <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>emblems</secondary>
        <see>emblems</see>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>emblems</primary>
        <secondary>introduction</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>文件管理器中用图标显示文件和文件夹。各种文件类型有一个代表该类型的图片，缩略图显示了文件的内容。您可以给文件或文件夹的图标上添加徽标，它附加在图标上，提供一些额外信息来帮您管理文件。例如，您觉得一个文件是重要的，就可以给它添加 <guilabel>重要</guilabel> 徽标，从而产生了下面的视觉效果：</para>
      <screenshot>
        <mediaobject lang="en">
          <imageobject>
            <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
          </imageobject>
          <textobject>
            <phrase>File icon with Important emblem.</phrase>
          </textobject>
        </mediaobject>
      </screenshot>
      
      <para>注意：文件左边是文件类型，如何在右边添加 <guilabel>重要 (!)</guilabel> 徽标，请参阅 <xref linkend="caja-emblems"/>以获得更多信息。</para>
      <para>文件管理器会自动为下列文件添加徽标：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>符号链接</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Items for which you have the following permissions:<indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>and emblems</secondary></indexterm></para>
          <itemizedlist>
            <listitem>
              <para>禁止访问</para>
            </listitem>
            <listitem>
              <para>只读权限</para>
            </listitem>
          </itemizedlist>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>下表显示了默认的徽标：</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>默认徽标</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_link_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>Symbolic link emblem.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>symbolic links</primary><secondary>and emblems</secondary></indexterm>Symbolic link</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_nowrite_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>No write permission emblem.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>只读权限</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <screenshot>
                  <mediaobject lang="en">
                    <imageobject>
                      <imagedata fileref="figures/caja_noread_emblem.png" format="PNG"/>
                    </imageobject>
                    <textobject>
                      <phrase>No read permission emblem.</phrase>
                    </textobject>
                  </mediaobject>
                </screenshot>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>禁止访问</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </section>
    <section xml:id="caja-icon"><info><title>改变文件或文件夹图标</title></info>
       
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>icons</secondary>
        <tertiary>changing</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要更改某一个文件或文件夹的图标显示，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>选中一个文件或文件夹。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed. </para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在属性面板的 <guilabel>基本</guilabel> 选项卡里，点击当前的 <guibutton>图标</guibutton>。将显示 <guilabel>选择自定义图标</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在 <guilabel>选择自定义图标</guilabel> 对话框里，为当前文件或文件夹选择一个图标。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮关闭对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para>要从自定义图标恢复到默认图标，选中这个文件或文件夹，然后点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。点击 <guibutton>图标</guibutton> 按钮，在出来的 <guilabel>选择自定义图标</guilabel> 对话框中，点击 <guibutton>还原</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-emblems"><info><title>给一个文件或文件夹添加徽标</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-112"/>       
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>emblems</primary>
        <secondary>adding to file</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>emblems</primary>
        <secondary>adding to folder</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要给一个项目添加徽标，请按下面的步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>选中项目</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Right-click on the item, then choose <guimenuitem>Properties</guimenuitem>. The <xref linkend="caja-properties"/> for the item is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guilabel>徽标</guilabel> 标签，将显示 <guilabel>徽标</guilabel> 面板。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>选择一个徽标，添加到项目上。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮关闭对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <para>在浏览窗口模式，您也可以在徽标侧栏中拖动一个徽标到一个项目上，为它添加一个徽标。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-471"><info><title>创建一个新徽标</title></info>
      
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>emblems</primary>
        <secondary>adding new</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要创建一个新徽标，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>背景和徽标</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>徽标</guibutton> 按钮，然后点击 <guibutton>添加新徽标</guibutton> 按钮。将显示 <guilabel>创建新徽标</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在 <guilabel>关键词</guilabel> 文本框里输入徽标的名称。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guilabel>图像</guilabel> 按钮。将显示一个对话框，点击 <guibutton>浏览</guibutton> 按钮，找到一个徽标，然后点 <guibutton>确定</guibutton>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在 <guilabel>创建新徽标</guilabel> 对话框里点 <guibutton>确定</guibutton>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-backgrounds-and-emblems"><info><title>更换背景</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-50"/>         
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-63"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-64"/>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>changing backgrounds</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>backgrounds</primary>
        <secondary>changing screen component</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>文件管理器包括背景图案和徽标，通过它们您可以改变文件夹的背景图案和徽标。背景图案和徽标也会以用在桌面上，文件管理器里的文件夹和侧栏上，以及面板上。</para>
      <para>要改变一个窗口、边框或面板的背景，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>点菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>背景和徽标</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。将显示 <guilabel>背景和徽标</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>图案</guibutton> 按钮，或 <guibutton>颜色</guibutton> 按钮来查看您可以使用的背景图案或背景色。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>要给背景上添加图案，拖动一个图案到屏幕的一个组件上。要改变背景色，拖动一个颜色到屏幕组件上。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

      <para>您可以在文件管理器中，用鼠标右键或中键拖动来设置所有文件夹的背景。当松开鼠标时，会出来一个弹出菜单，您可以选择改变所有文件夹还是仅仅当前文件夹。</para>

      <para>您可以点击 <guibutton>添加新图案</guibutton> 按钮来添加一个新图案。在选择对话框里选择一幅图片，然后点 <guibutton>打开</guibutton> 按钮，图片就会出现在图案列表中。</para>

      <para>当选中“颜色”项时，您可以点击 <guibutton>添加新颜色</guibutton> 按钮来添加一个新颜色。在调色版里选择一个颜色，然后点 <guibutton>确定</guibutton> 按钮，这个颜色就会出现在颜色列表中。</para>
    </section>    
  </section>  
  
  <!-- ====================================================== Removable media -->    
  <section xml:id="goscaja-460"><info><title>使用可移动介质</title></info>
    <!-- compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-469"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>removable media</primary>
      <secondary>introduction</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>当插入一个可移动介质时，在文件管理器里可以进行各种操作。比如挂载它、显示里面的内容，或者运行关联的应用程序(如音乐 CD 可以用音乐播放器播放)。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="goscaja-61"/>。</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-462"><info><title>挂载设备</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>removable media</primary>
        <secondary>mounting</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para><firstterm>挂载</firstterm> 设备并允许文件系统访问它。当您挂载一个设备，文件系统会把它挂载到系统的一个文件夹里。</para>
      <para>要挂载设备，把设备连接到计算机上，一个对象图标显示在桌面上。设备自动加载的前提是，系统已经设定了设备自动加载。</para>
      <para>如果设备没有设定自动加载，那么您必须手动挂载。在桌面上双击 <guilabel>计算机</guilabel> 图标，将显示 <guilabel>计算机</guilabel> 窗口。双击里面的设备介质图标。例如，要加载一个软盘，双击 <guilabel>软驱</guilabel> 图标，一个软驱对象图标出现在桌面上。</para>
      <note>
        <para>您不能更改可移动介质对象的名称。</para>
      </note>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-461"><info><title>显示介质内容</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>removable media</primary>
        <secondary>displaying media contents</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以用下面几种方法，显示介质的内容：</para>
      <itemizedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>双击桌面上的介质图标</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在桌面的设备图标上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>打开</guimenuitem>。</para>
        </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para>将显示一个文件管理器窗口，里面显示了设备的内容。要刷新一些显示内容，点击 <guibutton>重新载入</guibutton>按钮。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-463"><info><title>显示设备属性</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>removable media</primary>
        <secondary>displaying media properties</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要显示可移动介质的属性，在桌面设备图标上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>属性</guimenuitem>，将显示一个属性对话框。</para>
      <para>要关闭属性对话框，点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton>。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-464"><info><title>弹出介质</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>removable media</primary>
        <secondary>ejecting</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要卸载设备，在桌面的设备图标上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>卸载</guimenuitem>。 如果设备是驱动器设备，设备将弹出，如果设备不是驱动器设备，等待桌面图标消失，然后手动拔下设备。</para>
      <para>当设备还没有卸载时，您不能够弹出一个驱动器设备，要弹出设备，请先卸载设备。要从软驱中移除一个软盘，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>关闭所有相关的文件管理器窗口，<application>终端</application> 窗口，以及其他访问该磁盘的操作。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在桌面的软驱图标上点右键，然后选择 <guimenuitem>卸载</guimenuitem>，图标就从桌面上消失了。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>弹出 USB 闪存设备。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
          <caution>
            <para>取出媒体设备前您必须要先卸载设备，在卸载前不要弹出磁盘。在没有卸载设备前也不要拔下 USB 闪存设备。如果您先拔下了设备，有可能会丢失数据。</para>
          </caution>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="caja-cdwriter"><info><title>写入 CD 或 DVD 光盘</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-475"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>writing CDs</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>CDs, writing</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>writing CDs</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>burning CDs</primary>
      <see>writing CDs</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para>把文档刻录到 CD 或 DVD 里可以作备份。要刻录光盘，计算机中应当安装有刻录机。</para>
    <tip><para>简单判别机子里安装的是普通光驱还是 DVD 光驱，可以在顶部面板点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>计算机</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。如果您的光驱图标是 “CD-RW” 或者 “DVD-(+-)R” ，那么您的计算机就可以刻录光盘。</para></tip>
    
    <para lang="en">You can start choosing files to burn to a disc at any time. The file manager provides
a special folder for files and folders that you wish to write to a CD or DVD. From there you can easily write all the content (which you place in this special folder) to a CD or DVD.</para>

    <section xml:id="caja-cdwriter-data"><info><title>创建数据光盘</title></info>
      
    <para>要刻录光盘，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>在单窗口模式下，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu> <guimenuitem>CD/DVD 刻录</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。文件管理器将打开 CD/DVD 创建器窗口。</para>
        <note><para>在文件浏览窗口，此项在 <guimenu>转到</guimenu> 菜单里。</para></note>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>拖动您想刻录的文件到 CD/DVD 创建者的窗口里。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>插入一张空白的 CD 或 DVD 光盘。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>点击 <guibutton>写入光盘</guibutton> 按钮，或者点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>写入光盘</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。将显示将显示一个 <guilabel>写入光盘</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>使用 <guilabel>写入光盘</guilabel> 对话框来指定您如何写入光盘：</para>
        <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
            <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>描述</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Write disc to</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Select the device to which you want to write the
CD from the drop-down list. To create an CD image file, select the <guilabel>File image</guilabel> option. A CD image file is a normal file that contains all the data in the same format as a CD, that you can write to a CD later.</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Disc name</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>在文本框里给光盘输入一个名称。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Data size</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>显示将写入光盘的数据大小，空白光盘的大小不能小于这个值。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Write speed</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>从下拉列表中选择光盘写入的速度。</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>点击 <guibutton>写入</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
        <para>如果在 <guilabel>将光盘写入</guilabel> 下拉列表中选择了 <guilabel>文件映像</guilabel> 选项，将显示一个 <guilabel>为光盘映像选择文件名</guilabel> 对话框。在此对话框中，设定想将光盘映像文件保存到的位置。默认情况下，光盘映像文件的扩展名是 <filename>.iso</filename>。</para>
        <para>显示一个 <guilabel>正在写入光盘</guilabel> 的对话框。此过程会花费一些时间。当写入光盘或者创建光盘映像文件完毕，对话框中将提示写入完成信息。</para>
      </listitem>
    </orderedlist>
    <tip><para lang="en">You can set the CD/DVD Creator folder to open automatically when you insert a blank disc. See <xref linkend="goscaja-61"/>.</para></tip>
    <note><para>写入 CD 的文件系统可以包含长文件名，且在所有目前操作系统上可读。Joliet 和 Rock Ridge 文件系统将被同时应用。</para></note>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-cdwriter-copy"><info><title>复制 CD 或 DVD</title></info>
        <para>您可以创建一份 CD/DVD 的拷贝，写入另一张光盘或者存为本地文件。请按以下步骤操作：</para>
        <orderedlist>
          <listitem><para>插入您想要创建拷贝的光盘(源盘)。</para></listitem>               
          <listitem><para>在顶部面板中，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>计算机</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para></listitem>       
          <listitem><para>右键点击 CD 图标，然后选择<guimenuitem>复制光盘</guimenuitem>。</para></listitem>       
          <listitem><para>将显示一个 <guilabel>写入光盘</guilabel> 对话框。</para></listitem>  
        </orderedlist>
        <para>如果只有一台光驱可写，此过程将在本地创建一个光盘映像文件，创建完成后弹出原来的光盘，并提示换一张空白光盘写入光盘映像文件。</para>
        <tip><para>如果您想创建多个拷贝，在 <guilabel>写入光盘</guilabel> 里设置映像文件选项，然后写入光盘，更多信息请参阅：<xref linkend="caja-cdwriter-writeimage"/>。</para></tip>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-cdwriter-writeimage"><info><title>把映像文件刻录成光盘</title></info>
      <para>您可以把光盘映像文件刻录成光盘。例如，您可以从网上下载一个光盘映像，或者以前您自己创建的映像。映像文件通常是用 <filename>.iso</filename> 作为扩展名，有时候也叫 ISO 文件。</para>
        <para>要刻录光盘映像文件，在此文件上点右键，从弹出菜单中选择 <guimenuitem>写入光盘</guimenuitem>。</para>      
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="goscaja-515"><info><title>连接到远程服务器</title></info>
    <para><application>Caja</application> 文件管理器可以为您提供完整的对文件，应用程序，FTP 站点，Windows 共享，WebDav 服务器和 SSH 服务器的访问。</para>

    <section xml:id="caja-server-connect"><info><title>连接到远程服务器</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-37"/>      
      <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
      <!-- To Add a Network Server -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-466"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>FTP sites</primary>
        <secondary>accessing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>FTP sites</secondary>
        <see>FTP sites</see>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以使用文件管理器来访问一个远程服务器，它可以是一个 FTP 站点，Windows 共享，WebDav 服务器，或是 SSH 服务器。</para>
<para>要访问一个服务器，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>连接到服务器</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。您也可以从菜单 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>连接到服务器</guimenuitem></menuchoice>里选择。</para>
<para>要连接到一个远程服务器，先选择一个服务类型，然后输入服务器的地址。</para>
<para>如果服务器有要求，您也可以提供下面的选项：</para>
            <informaltable frame="topbot">
              <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="27.27*"/>
                <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="72.73*"/>
                <thead>
                  <row rowsep="1">
                    <entry>
                      <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry>
                      <para>描述</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                </thead>
                <tbody>
                  <row>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Port</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para>连接到服务器的端口。这个只是用在更改了默认端口的情况，因此您一般您可以留空。</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry valign="top">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Folder</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry valign="top">
                        <para>打开服务器上的一个文件夹</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry colname="colspec0">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>User Name</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry colname="colspec1">
                      <para>帐号的用户名用于访问服务器，如果需要，这将跟连接信息一起提供。在访问公开 FTP 时不需要用户名。</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry colname="colspec0">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Name to use for connection</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry colname="colspec1">
                      <para>指定连接名称，它将出现在文件管理器窗口中。</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry colname="colspec0">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Share</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry colname="colspec1">
                      <para>Windows 共享名称。这只是在 Windows 共享中可用。</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                  <row>
                    <entry colname="colspec0">
                      <para lang="en">
                        <guilabel>Domain name</guilabel>
                      </para>
                    </entry>
                    <entry colname="colspec1">
                      <para>Windows 域名，这个只用在 Windows 共享。</para>
                    </entry>
                  </row>
                </tbody>
              </tgroup>
            </informaltable>
<para>如果服务器信息是在一个 URI 表提供，或者您需要指定一个连接，请选择 <menuchoice><guimenuitem>自定义位置</guimenuitem></menuchoice> 作为服务类型。</para>
<para>填好信息后，点击 <guibutton>连接</guibutton> 按钮，当连接成功后，站点的内容就显示在一个窗口里，您可以从远程服务器中拖放文件。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="caja-accessnetwork"><info><title>访问网络</title></info>
      <!-- MOVE THIS ANCHOR -->
      <!-- To Add a Network Server -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-508"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-509"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscaja-465"/>

      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>network places</primary>
        <secondary>accessing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>network places</secondary>
        <see>network places</see>
      </indexterm>
      <para>如果您您的系统设置可以在网络中访问位置，您可以使用文件管理器来访问网络。</para>
      <para>要访问网络，打开文件管理器，然后选择 <menuchoice><guimenu>位置</guimenu><guimenuitem>网络</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。将显示一个窗口，里面是您可以访问的网络资源，双击打开您想访问的图标。</para>
      <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>NFS servers</primary><see>Unix network</see></indexterm>To
access UNIX shares, double-click on the <guilabel>Unix Network (NFS) </guilabel>
object. A list of the UNIX shares available to you is displayed in the file
manager window.</para>
      <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>Samba servers</primary><see>Windows network</see></indexterm>To access Windows shares, double-click on the <guilabel>Windows
Network (SMB) </guilabel> object. A list of the Windows shares available to
you is displayed in the file manager window.</para>
    </section>

    <!-- special URIs by and large obsolete or at least arcane -->
    <section xml:id="goscaja-467"><info><title>访问指定的 URI 位置</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>special URI locations</primary>
        <secondary>accessing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>special URI locations</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>URI, special</primary>
        <see>special URI locations</see>
      </indexterm>
      <para>文件管理器里包括几个特殊的 URI 位置，您可以从文件管理器里很方便地使用它们的特别功能。例如，要访问字体，您可以在文件管理器窗口输入 <command>fonts:///</command> URI。</para>
      <para>这些是特意为高级用户使用的：在多数情况，更方便的访问这些功能或相应的位置。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-479"/> 列出了您可以在文件管理器中使用的一些特殊 URI 位置。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-479"><info><title>特殊 URI 位置</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="33.94*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="66.06*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>URI 位置</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>burn:///</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>这是一个特殊的位置，您可以存放要写入光盘的文件和文件夹。在这里也可以很方便地文件和文件夹写入光盘。请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-cdwriter"/>。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>network:///</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>显示您可以连接的网络，如果您的系统设置了网络。要访问网络，双击网络，您也可以使用 URI 来添加一个网络到系统里。请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-accessnetwork"/>。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!-- ============================================== prefs -->
  <section xml:id="caja-preferences"><info><title>文件管理器首选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-15"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscaja-17"/>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.16 -->    
    <anchor xml:id="prefs-filemanager"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-84"/>

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>customizing</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>preferences</secondary>
      <tertiary>introduction</tertiary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preferences, file manager</primary>
      <see>file manager preferences</see>
    </indexterm>
    <para>使用 <guilabel>文件管理器首选项</guilabel> 对话框来定制文件管理器，使它符合您的需求。</para>
    <para>要显示 <guilabel>文件管理首选项</guilabel> 对话框，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>首选项</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。您还可以从顶部面板的菜单栏中直接访问这个对话框，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guisubmenu>首选项</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>文件管理器</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。</para>
    <para>您可以设置下面几类选项：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>默认的视图方式。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>文件和文件夹的行为，运行文本文件，以及回收站。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>图标标题的显示信息，日期格式。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>在列表视图中显示的列和顺序。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>预览选项以便于更好体现文件管理器特性。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>如何挂载可移动介质和连接的设备。</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-438"><info><title>视图首选项</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>preferences</secondary>
        <tertiary>views</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>您可以指定一个默认视图，选择排列顺序和显示选项。您还可以指定默认用图标视图还是列表视图。</para>
      <para>要指定默认视图，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>首选项</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。点击 <guilabel>视图</guilabel> 标签，打开 <guilabel>视图</guilabel> 面板。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-30"/> 列出您可以设定的视图选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-30"><info><title>视图首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>View new folders using</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>选择默认的文件夹视图。当您打开一个文件夹，里面按照您选择的方式显示内容。这儿可以选择是图标视图或是列表视图。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Arrange items</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>选择项目排列的一种顺序，这将作为视图里内容显示顺序的依据。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Sort folders before files</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选中此选项，文件夹将排列在文件之前。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show hidden and backup files</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选择此选项，将显示通常不显示的文件。更多关于隐藏相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="caja-hidden-files"/>。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para>图标视图、紧凑视图或列表视图的 <guilabel>默认缩放级别</guilabel>。</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>在视图里使用默认的缩放级别显示内容。缩放级别指定了视图中项目的大小。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Use compact layout</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此选项，在图标视图里文件夹里的项目彼此排列很紧密。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Text beside icons</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选择此选项，文件名称在图标旁边而不是在图标下面。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>All columns have the same width</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选中此项，会使所有的列以相同的宽度紧凑排列。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show only folders</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选择此选项，在侧栏的<guilabel>树</guilabel>模式下，只显示文件夹。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-56"><info><title>行为选项</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>preferences</secondary>
        <tertiary>behavior</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>要设置文件或文件夹的选项，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>首选项</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。再点击 <guilabel>行为</guilabel> 标签，将显示一个 <guilabel>行为</guilabel>  选项卡，您可以设置下列选项：</para>

      <variablelist>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Single click to open items</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>选择此项，您可以通过单击打开一个项目，选择这个选项，当鼠标移到项目上时，项目名称会出现下划线。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Double click to open items</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>选择此项，当您双击时打开一个项目。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Always open in browser windows</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>选择此项，使用 <application>Caja</application> 的浏览器模式查看，而不是单窗口模式。选择此项可以让您在同一个窗口里查看文件和文件夹，在单窗口模式下，您将在单独的窗口查看每个文件和文件夹。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Run executable text files when they are opened</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>选择此项，您可以运行一个可执行文本文件，在您选择这个文件时。可执行文本文件是一个可以运行的文件，例如一个脚本程序。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>View executable text files when they are opened</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>选择此项，当打开一个可执行的文本文件时，查看它的内容。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Ask each time</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>选择此项，当您打开一个可执行文本文件时，显示一个对话框，询问您是运行还是显示这个文本文件。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>选中此项，在清空 <guilabel>回收站</guilabel> 或者删除文件之前，显示一个确认对话框。请选中此项，除非您有更好的理由。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>选中此项，在下列菜单里添加一个 <guimenuitem>删除</guimenuitem> 菜单项。</para>
                      <itemizedlist>
                        <listitem>
                          <para><guimenu>编辑</guimenu> 菜单。</para>
                        </listitem>
                        <listitem>
                          <para>当您在一个文件，文件夹，或者桌面对象上点右键时的弹出菜单里。</para>
                        </listitem>
                      </itemizedlist>
                      <para>当您选中一个项目，然后点 <guimenuitem>删除</guimenuitem> 命令，这个项目会立即从您的文件系统里彻底删除。这是无法恢复的删除，因此除非您有更好的理由，否则请不要选中此项。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-439"><info><title>显示首选项</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>icons</secondary>
        <tertiary>caption preferences</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>preferences</secondary>
        <tertiary>icon captions</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>在图标视图模式下，图标标题显示一个文件或文件夹的名称，还包括三个附加信息。附加信息是在名称之后。通常只显示一个项目信息，但当您放大缩放级别时，会显示更多的信息。您可以设置显示哪些附加信息。</para>
      <para>要设置图标标题首选项，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>首选项</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。再点击 <guilabel>显示</guilabel> 标签，将显打开 <guilabel>显示</guilabel> 面板。</para>
      <para>在三个下拉列表里，选择您想要在图标标题里显示的信息。从第一个下拉列表里选择第一项，在第二个里选第二项，以此类推。下表讲述了您可以选择的各个项目信息。</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>信息</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目大小。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>类型</guilabel></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目的 MIME 类型。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date Modified</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项显示项目的最后修改日期。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date Accessed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目最后的访问日期。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Owner</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目的所有者。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Group</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目所属群组。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying as characters</secondary></indexterm>Choose
this option to display the permissions of the item as three sets of three
characters, for example <computeroutput>-rwxrw-r--</computeroutput>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Octal Permissions</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying in octal notation</secondary></indexterm>Choose this option to display the permissions of the item in octal
notation, for example <computeroutput>764</computeroutput>. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>MIME Type</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目的 MIME 类型。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>None</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，不显示项目信息。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
      <para>日期 <guilabel>格式</guilabel> 选项，允许您设定日期是如何显示。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-490"><info><title>列表列选项</title></info>
      <para>您可以指定文件管理器窗口的列表里，显示哪些信息，指定每个列的显示排列顺序。</para>
      <para>要设定列表列选项，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>首选项</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。再点击 <guilabel>列表列</guilabel> 标签，将显示 <guilabel>列表列</guilabel> 选项卡。</para>
      <para>要在列表中显示一列，选择对应该列的选项，然后点击 <guibutton>显示</guibutton> 按钮。要移除一列，选择这一项，然后点击 <guibutton>隐藏</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
      <para>使用 <guibutton>上移</guibutton> 和 <guibutton>下移</guibutton> 按钮来指定列的位置。</para>
      <para>要恢复列表为默认显示位置，点击 <guibutton>使用默认值</guibutton>。</para>
      <para>下表讲述了您可以显示的列：</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>信息</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Name</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选择此项，可以显示项目名称。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Size</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目大小。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>类型</guilabel></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择这个选项可以这个项目显示 MIME 类型的描述。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date Modified</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项显示项目的最后修改日期。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Date Accessed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目最后的访问日期。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Group</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目所属群组。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>MIME type</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目的 MIME 类型。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Octal Permissions</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying in octal notation</secondary></indexterm>Choose this
option to display the permissions of the item in octal notation, for example <computeroutput>764</computeroutput>. </para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Owner</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，显示项目的所有者。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Permissions</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><indexterm lang="en"><primary>permissions</primary><secondary>displaying as characters</secondary></indexterm>Choose
this option to display the permissions of the item as three sets of three
characters, for example <computeroutput>-rwxrw-r--</computeroutput>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-60"><info><title>预览首选项</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>file manager</primary>
        <secondary>preferences</secondary>
        <tertiary>preview</tertiary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>文件管理器具有预览某些文的功能。预览特性可能会影响窗口显示的速度。您可以通过设置一些选项，来改进显示速度。对于每个预览选项，您可以在下面中选择一项：</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Always</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，预览所有本地文件，和其他文件系统上的文件。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Local Files Only</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>仅对本地文件执行此操作。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Never</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>不执行此操作。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
      <para>要设置预览选项，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>编辑</guimenu><guimenuitem>首选项</guimenuitem></menuchoice>。再点击 <guilabel>预览</guilabel> 标签，将显示一个 <guilabel>预览</guilabel> 选项卡。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-41"/> 列出您可以设置的预览选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-41"><info><title>预览首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show text in icons</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，当您点击一个文本文件时，图标里显示文件的文字内容。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show thumbnails</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，当点击一个图像文件时。文件管理器为每个文件夹存储缩略图文件，存储在用户主文件夹的 <filename>.thumbnails</filename> 里。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Only for files smaller than</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>指定预览图片大小的最大值，大于这个值的图片不会被预览。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Preview sound files</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项指定预听声音文件。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Count number of items</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1">
                <para>选择此项，显示文件夹里的项目数量。当在图标视图模式下，放大视图缩放级别，就可以看到每个文件夹下面的项目统计数量。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-61"><info><title>鼠标键选项</title></info>
      <para>您可以配置 <application>Caja</application> 文件管理器如何挂载连接到计算机上的可移动介质和设备，比如音乐播放器或数码相机。对于各种格式的设备，<application>Caja</application> 文件管理器会打开支持这种设备的一个应用程序，以及下面的选项：</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Ask what to do</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>浏览模式的 <application>Caja</application> 窗口。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Do Nothing</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>什么也不做</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Open Folder</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para><application>Caja</application> 窗口的 <guimenu>书签</guimenu> 菜单里。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Open with other Application</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>在 <application>Caja</application> 文件浏览器的选择对话框里选择一个应用程序来运行。注意，已经和介质或媒体关联的应用程序可以在下拉列表中直接选择。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
      <para>最常用的介质类型，可以在 <guilabel>介质处理</guilabel> 一节中配置：音频 CD、DVD 视频、音乐播放器、照相机、软件光盘。</para>
      <para>要配置其他类型介质的处理方式，首先在 <guilabel>类型</guilabel> 下拉列表中选择一种类型，然后再 <guilabel>动作</guilabel> 下拉列表中选择一个处理动作。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscaja-TBL-43"/> 列出了您可以设置的其他介质处理选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscaja-TBL-43"><info><title>预览首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.09*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.91*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，当媒体或设备出现时，<application>Caja</application> 文件浏览器不显示对话框或运行程序，忽略关联到到介质的应用程序选项。</para>
              </entry>
           </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Browse media when inserted</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，<application>Caja</application> 文件浏览器将自动打开一个文件夹，显示介质里的内容。这一般出现在介质格式没有明确配置处理程序的情况。</para>
              </entry>
           </row>
         </tbody>
       </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

  </section>
  
  <section xml:id="goscaja-440"><info><title>Caja 扩展</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>file manager</primary>
      <secondary>running scripts</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>scripts, running from file manager</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>Caja 文件管理器可以用两种主要方法来扩展。分别是 <application>Caja</application> 扩展和脚本扩展。下面内容讲述了两种扩展的不同，以及如何安装它们。</para>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-444"><info><title>Caja 脚本</title></info>
      <para>Caja 文件管理器可以运行脚本，典型的脚本比 <application>Caja</application> 扩展要小，并且可以用任何您系统支持的脚本语言来书写。要运行一个脚本，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>脚本</guimenuitem></menuchoice>，然后在子菜单里选择您要运行的脚本。</para>
      <para>在视图窗口中，用特别方式运行脚本，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guimenuitem>脚本</guimenuitem></menuchoice>，然后在子菜单里选择您要运行的脚本。您也可以选择多个要运行的脚本文件。</para>
      <para>您也可以点右键从上下文菜单中访问。</para>
      <note>
        <para>如果您没有安装任何脚本，脚本菜单不会出现。</para>
      </note>

      <section xml:id="goscaja-install-scripts"><info><title>安装文件管理器脚本</title></info>
        <para lang="en">The file manager includes a special folder where you can
store your scripts. All executable files in this folder will appear in the Scripts menu. The script folder 
is located at $HOME/.config/caja/scripts.</para>
        <para>要安装脚本，只要将脚本文件拷贝到这个文件夹里，并且赋予运行权限。</para>
      <para>要查看脚本文件夹的内容，如果您已经安装了脚本，点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>文件</guimenu><guisubmenu>脚本</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>打开脚本文件夹</guimenuitem></menuchoice>，然后可以在文件管理器中浏览文件夹。如果您还没有安装脚本程序，使用 <menuchoice><guimenu>查看</guimenu><guimenuitem>显示隐藏文件</guimenuitem></menuchoice></para>
<para lang="en">A good source to download <application>Caja</application> scripts is from the <link xlink:href="http://g-scripts.sourceforge.net"><citetitle>G-Scripts website</citetitle></link>.</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscaja-write-scripts"><info><title>编写文件管理器脚本</title></info>
       <para>当从本地文件夹运行时，脚本将跳过选择的文件名。当从远程文件夹(例如一个 web 或 ftp 文件夹)，脚本将跳过参数。</para>
       <para>下表显示传递给脚本的变量：</para>
       <informaltable frame="topbot">
          <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
            <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
            <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
            <thead>
              <row rowsep="1">
                <entry>
                  <para>变量环境</para>
                </entry>
                <entry>
                  <para>描述</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </thead>
            <tbody>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>CAJA_SCRIPT_SELECTED_FILE_PATHS</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>用新行分开的所选文件的路径(仅本地文件)</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>CAJA_SCRIPT_SELECTED_URIS</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>用新行分开的所选文件的 URI</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>CAJA_SCRIPT_CURRENT_URI</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>当前位置的 URI</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
              <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>CAJA_SCRIPT_WINDOW_GEOMETRY</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para>当前窗口的位置和大小</para>
                </entry>
              </row>
            </tbody>
          </tgroup>
        </informaltable>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="caja-extensions"><info><title>Caja 扩展</title></info>
    <para><application>Caja</application> 扩展比 <application>Caja</application> 脚本的功能强大，允许更自由地扩充 <application>Caja</application>。<application>Caja</application> 扩展由系统管理员安装。</para>
    <para lang="en">Some popular <application>Caja</application> extensions include:
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">caja-actions</para>
          <para lang="en">This extension allows you to easily assign actions based on file type</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">caja-send-to</para>
          <para lang="en">This extension provides a simple way to send a file or folder to another using email, instant messaging, or Bluetooth.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">caja-open-terminal.</para>
          <para lang="en">This extension provides an easy way to open a terminal at the selected starting location.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </para>
    <note>
        <para>如果您正在找 <guilabel>打开终端</guilabel> 命令，可以在 <application>Caja</application> 里点右键可以找到，当然您首先要安装 <application>caja-open-terminal</application> 扩展。</para>
    </note>
  </section>
  </section>
</chapter>        <!-- Caja -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="tools" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>工具和实用程序</title></info>

  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">This section describes some tools and utilities in the MATE Desktop.</para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="tools-run-app"><info><title>运行应用程序</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="gospanel-23"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>Run Application dialog, using</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><guilabel>运行应用程序</guilabel> 对话框可让您访问命令行。当您在 <guilabel>运行应用程序</guilabel> 对话框中运行命令时，您无法得到命令的输出。</para>
    <para>要从命令行运行命令，请按以下步骤操作：</para>
    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog in any of the
        following ways:
        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry><term lang="en">From a panel</term>
          <listitem><para lang="en">You can add the <application>Run Application</application> button to any 
          panel. See <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>. Click on the <guibutton>Run Application</guibutton> 
          panel button to open the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog.</para></listitem></varlistentry>
          <varlistentry><term lang="en">Using shortcut keys</term>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
              Press <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>F2</keycap></keycombo>. You can change 
              the shortcut keys that display the <guilabel>Run Application</guilabel> dialog
              in the <application><xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/></application> tool.
            </para>
          </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
      </para>
      <para>显示 <guilabel>运行程序</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para>在空白处输入您想运行的命令，或者在已知程序列表中选择。</para>
      <para lang="en">If you enter only the location of a file, an appropriate application will launch to open it.
      If you enter a web page address, your default web browser will open the page. Prefix the web page address with https://, as in https://mate-desktop.org.
      </para>
      <para>选择一个您先前运行的命令，点击命令栏旁边的向下箭头按钮，然后选择要运行的命令。</para>
      <para>您还可以点击 <guibutton>带文件运行</guibutton> 按钮，选择一个文件放在命令后面。例如，您可以输入 <application>emacs</application> 作为命令，然后选择一个文件来编辑。</para>
      <para>打勾选中 <guilabel>在终端里运行</guilabel> 选项，可以在终端窗口中运行程序或命令。如果一个程序或命令不能以窗口方式运行时，请选中此项。</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para>在 <guilabel>运行应用程序</guilabel> 对话框中点击 <guibutton>运行</guibutton> 按钮。</para>
    </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
  </section>

<section xml:id="tools-screenshot"><info><title>屏幕抓图</title></info>
  <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
  <anchor xml:id="goseditmainmenu-53"/>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>screenshots, taking</primary>
  </indexterm>
  <para>您可以通过以下方式对屏幕抓图：</para>
  <itemizedlist>
    <listitem>
      <para>从任何面板</para>
      <para>您可以添加 <guibutton>抓图</guibutton> 按钮到任何面板。相关操作请参阅： <xref linkend="panels-addobject"/>。点击 <guibutton>抓图</guibutton> 按钮来抓取整个屏幕。</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para>使用快捷键</para>
      <para>要对屏幕抓图，请使用下列快捷键：</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>默认快捷键</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>功能</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para><keycap>Print Screen</keycap></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>获得整个屏幕的抓图</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en"><keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Print Screen</keycap></keycombo></para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>对活动窗口截图。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
      <para lang="en">You can use the <application><xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"/></application> tool to modify the default shortcut keys.</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para>从菜单栏</para>
      <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>Accessories</guimenuitem>
      <guimenuitem>Take Screenshot</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
    </listitem>
    <listitem>
      <para>从终端</para>
      <para>您可以使用 <command>mate-screenshot</command> 命令来抓图。<command>mate-screenshot</command> 命令抓取整个屏幕并显示 <guilabel>保存图像</guilabel> 对话框。使用 <guilabel>保存图像</guilabel> 对话框来保存图像。</para>
      <para>您也可以像下面这样，在 <command>mate-screenshot</command> 命令中使用选项参数。</para>
      <informaltable frame="topbot">
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="35.67*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="64.33*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>功能</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--window</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>对当前窗口截图。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--delay=<replaceable>seconds</replaceable></command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>在预先设定的秒数后截图并且显示 <guilabel>保存图像</guilabel> 对话框。使用 <guilabel>保存图像</guilabel> 对话框来保存抓图。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--include-border</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>包含窗口边框。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>                                  
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--remove-border</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>不包含窗口边框。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>                                  
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--border-effect=shadow</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>抓图并在图片四周添加立体阴影效果。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>                                  
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--border-effect=border</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>抓图并在图片四周添加边框效果。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>                                  
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--interactive</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>进行屏幕抓图前打开一个窗口以便您设置选项。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <command>--help</command>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" valign="top">
                <para>显示命令的选项。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </informaltable>
    </listitem>
  </itemizedlist>

  <para>当您抓图时，<guilabel>保存图像</guilabel> 对话框会打开。要保存抓图为一个图片文件，请输入文件名并且在下拉菜单中为它选择一个保存位置。</para>
  
</section>

<!-- ============= Yelp ============================= -->
<section xml:id="yelp"><info><title>Yelp 帮助浏览器</title></info>
  <indexterm lang="en">
    <primary>Yelp</primary>
  </indexterm>
  <!-- ============= Introduction ============================== -->

  <section xml:id="yelp-introduction"><info><title>介绍</title></info>
    <para><application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application> 程序允许您以多种格式查看关于 MATE 和其他组件的文档。这些格式包括 docbook 文件、HTML 帮助页面、man 页以及 info 页面（对于 man 和 info 页面的支持可以作为可选组件编译进去）。尽管支持多种不同格式，Yelp 尽可能提供统一的阅读界面。</para>

    <para lang="en"><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> is internationalized, meaning that it has support
    to view documents in different languages. The documents must be localized
    or translated for each language and installed properly for Yelp Help
    Browser to be able to view them.</para>
  </section>

  <!-- ============= Getting Started  ================================ -->

  <section xml:id="yelp-getting-started"><info><title>启动 Yelp</title></info>
  
    <section><info><title>要启动 <application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application></title></info>
      <para>您可以通过以下方式启动 <application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application>：</para>

      <para><variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term><guimenu>系统</guimenu> 菜单</term>

            <listitem>
              <para>选择 <application>帮助</application></para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term>命令行</term>

            <listitem>
              <para>执行下列命令：<command>yelp</command></para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>界面</title></info>
      <para>当您启动 <application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application> 时，您将看到下列窗口。</para>

      <para lang="en"><figure xml:id="fig-yelp-window"><info><title lang="en"><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Window</title></info>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_window.png"/>
            </imageobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </figure><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> contains the following elements in <xref linkend="fig-yelp-window"/></para>

      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry>
          <term><interface>菜单栏</interface></term>

          <listitem>
            <para><variablelist>
                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>File</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para>使用这个菜单来打开新窗口、查看关于这个文档页面、打印当前文档或者关闭窗口。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>Edit</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para>使用这个菜单来复制贝、全选、搜索... 或者可以设置程序的首选项。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>Go</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para>使用这个菜单来后退、前进、以及进入帮助主题页面。当查看一个 DocBook 文档时，使用这个菜单导航到下一个章节、前一个章节或者到达目录。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para>使用此菜单添加或编辑书签。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guimenu>Help</guimenu></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para>通过<guimenuitem>关于</guimenuitem> 菜单项来查看关于 Yelp 帮助浏览器和对项目有贡献者的信息。使用 <guimenuitem>内容</guimenuitem> 菜单项或者按下 <keycap>F1</keycap> 键来打开这个文档。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
              </variablelist></para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

        <varlistentry>
          <term><interface>工具栏</interface></term>

          <listitem>
            <para><variablelist>
                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guibutton>Back</guibutton></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para>使用此按钮在您的文档历史中后退。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guibutton>Forward</guibutton></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para>在文档历史中使用这个按钮来向前导航。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>

                <varlistentry>
                  <term lang="en"><guibutton>Help Topics</guibutton></term>

                  <listitem>
                    <para>使用这个按钮回到目录(在<xref linkend="fig-yelp-window"/> 中显示)。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </varlistentry>
              </variablelist></para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>

        <varlistentry xml:id="yelp-browser-pane" xreflabel="Yelp Browser Pane">
          <term><interface lang="en">Browser Pane</interface></term>

          <listitem>
            <para>您将在浏览栏看到目录或者文档。使用目录导航到您想查看的文档。</para>
          </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!--===================== Usage ========================-->

  <section xml:id="yelp-usage"><info><title>使用 Yelp</title></info>

    <section><info><title>打开文档</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To open a document in <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>:
	  
	  <itemizedlist>
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">In an application, click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Help</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice>
			  </para>
		</listitem>	  
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">Use the Table of Contents to navigate to the desired document.</para>
		</listitem>
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">You can drag a Docbook XML file from Caja to the Yelp window or launcher.</para>
		</listitem>
		<listitem>
			<para lang="en">Press the <keycap>F1</keycap> key.</para>
		</listitem>		
	  
	  </itemizedlist></para>
	  
      <para>或者，您也可以通过命令行调用 Yelp 帮助浏览器或者将文件拖至 Yelp 来查看一个特定的文档。更多相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="yelp-open-specific"/>。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>打开新窗口</title></info>
      <para>要打开新窗口：</para>
	  
      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>New Window</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para>使用组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>N</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>关于此文档</title></info>
      <para>查看关于当前已打开文档的信息：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>About This Document</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para>这个选项只对 DocBook 文档有效。法律声明和文档贡献者常在这个部分列出。</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>打印页面</title></info>
      <para>打印任何您在 <application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application> 中浏览的页面：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Print this Page</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>打印文档</title></info>
      <para>要打印整个文档：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Print this Document</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para>这个选项只对 DocBook 文档有效。</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>关闭窗口</title></info>
      <para>要关闭 <application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application>的一个窗口，操作如下：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>File</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Close Window</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para>使用组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>W</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>设定首选项</title></info>
      <para>要在 <application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application> 中设置相关参数选项：</para>

      <para lang="en"><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Edit</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Preferences</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend="yelp-preferences"/>:</para>

      <para lang="en"><figure xml:id="yelp-preferences"><info><title lang="en"><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> Preferences Window</title></info>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_preferences.png"/>
            </imageobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </figure>The options that are available in this dialog have the
      following functions:</para>

      <para><variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>Use system fonts</guilabel></term>

            <listitem>
              <para>选中此项，使用 MATE 桌面默认字体来显示文档。</para>

              <para>要选择您自己的字体来显示文档，去掉这个选项前面的勾，并点击 <guilabel>非等宽字体</guilabel> 或 <guilabel>等宽字体</guilabel> 旁边的按钮。</para>

              <para><variablelist>
                  <varlistentry>
                    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Variable Width</guilabel></term>

                    <listitem>
                      <para>这是在不需要使用固定或等宽字体时使用的字体。大部分的文本都会是这种字体。</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </varlistentry>

                  <varlistentry>
                    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Fixed Width</guilabel></term>

                    <listitem>
                      <para>这是在所有文本字符需要使用相同大小时使用的字体。这种字体通常被用来显示命令、程序块或者任何归入这些类别的其他文本。</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </varlistentry>
                </variablelist></para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>Browse with caret</guilabel></term>

            <listitem>
              <para>如果您想在<xref linkend="yelp-browser-pane"/>中看到光标，请点击这个选项。在文档中显示光标的位置有助于您更容易的浏览文档。</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>在文档历史中后退</title></info>
      <para>要在文档历史中后退：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Back</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para>使用组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Left</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Back</guibutton> button in the
            <interface lang="en">Toolbar</interface></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>在文档历史中前进</title></info>
      <para>要在文档历史中前进：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Forward</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para>使用组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>右方向键</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Forward</guibutton> button in the
            <interface lang="en">Toolbar</interface></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>转到帮助主题</title></info>
      <para>要转到帮助主题：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Help Topics</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para>使用组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>Home 键</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the <guibutton>Help Topics</guibutton> button in the
            <interface lang="en">Toolbar</interface></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>回到上前一节</title></info>
      <para>要回到上一节：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Previous Section</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para>使用组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>上方向键</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para>这个选项只对 DocBook 文档有效。</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>转到下一节</title></info>
      

      <para>要转到下一节：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Next Section</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para>使用组合键<keycombo><keycap>Alt</keycap><keycap>下方向键</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para>这个选项只对 DocBook 文档有效。</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>转到目录</title></info>
      

      <para>要转到文档的目录：</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Go</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><note>
          <para>这个选项只对 DocBook 文档有效。</para>
        </note></para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>添加书签</title></info>
      

      <para>为特定的文档添加书签：</para>

      <para lang="en"><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Add Bookmark</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>D</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend="yelp-add-bookmark"/>.</para>

      <para lang="en"><figure xml:id="yelp-add-bookmark"><info><title lang="en">Add Bookmark Window</title></info>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_add_bookmark.png"/>
            </imageobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </figure>Enter your desired bookmark title in to the
      <guilabel>Title</guilabel> text entry field. Then click
      <guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add the bookmark, or click
      <guibutton>Cancel</guibutton> to cancel the request.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>编辑书签</title></info>
      <para>要编辑您收藏的书签：</para>

      <para lang="en"><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu>
                <guimenuitem>Edit Bookmarks...</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Use the key combination
            <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>B</keycap></keycombo></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist>A window will appear that looks like <xref linkend="yelp-edit-bookmarks"/>.</para>

      <para lang="en"><figure xml:id="yelp-edit-bookmarks"><info><title lang="en">Edit Bookmarks Window</title></info>
          <mediaobject>
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/yelp_edit_bookmarks.png"/>
            </imageobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </figure>You can manage your bookmarks using this window in the
      following ways:</para>

      <para lang="en"><variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guibutton>Open</guibutton></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this button to open the selected bookmark in a new
              window.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guibutton>Rename</guibutton></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this button to rename the title of your
              bookmark.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guibutton>Remove</guibutton></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this button to delete the bookmark from your
              collection.</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>Once you are finished managing your bookmarks, click
      the <guibutton>Close</guibutton> button to exit the <interface lang="en">Edit
      Bookmarks Window</interface>.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>获得帮助</title></info>
      <para lang="en">To get help to use <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> (and see this
      document):</para>

      <para><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Click <menuchoice>
                <guimenu>Help</guimenu>

                <guimenuitem>Contents</guimenuitem>
              </menuchoice></para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist></para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <!--=============== Advanced Features ====================-->

  <section xml:id="yelp-advanced"><info><title>高级特性</title></info>

   <section xml:id="yelp-open-specific" xreflabel="Opening Specific Documents"><info><title>打开指定文档</title></info>

    <section xml:id="yelp-open-drag"><info><title>从文件管理器打开文档</title></info>
        <para>要从文件管理器打开一个文档，比如一个 XML 文件，可以在 <application>Caja</application> 文件管理器中打开文件，或者把文件图标从 <application>Caja</application> 中拖拽到 <application>Yelp</application> 文件面板或启动器上。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="yelp-advanced-cmdline" xreflabel="Using the Command Line to Open Documents"><info><title>使用命令行打开文档</title></info>
      <para>Yelp 帮助浏览器支持从命令行打开文件。有一些 URI (统一资源标识符)可供使用，包括：</para>

      <variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><option>file:</option></term>

            <listitem>
              <para>使用这个 URI 以用 yelp 打开一个文档，比如：</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp file:///usr/share/help/C/mate-control-center/config-mouse.xml</userinput></screen>

            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><option>help:</option></term>

            <listitem>
              <para>但当您想打开典型的 DocBook 格式的 MATE 帮助文档时请使用这个 URI。</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp help:mate-terminal</userinput></screen>

              <para lang="en">If you want to open the help document at a particular section,
              append a slash to the end of the URI, followed by the section id.</para>
              
              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp help:mate-user-guide/yelp-advanced-cmdline</userinput></screen>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><option>man:</option></term>

            <listitem>
              <para lang="en">Use this URI when you want to access a particular man
              page. You can append the section of the man page you would like
              to view if there are multiple man pages with the same
              name.  The section number should be enclosed in parentheses and 
              therefore it may be necessary to escape the argument so that the
              shell does not interpret the parenthesis.</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp man:mate-panel</userinput></screen>
              
              <para>或</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp 'man:intro(1)'</userinput>
<userinput>yelp 'man:intro(2)'</userinput></screen>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>

          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><option>info:</option></term>

            <listitem>
              <para>当您想访问特定的 GNU info 页时，使用此链接。</para>

              <screen lang="en"><userinput>yelp info:make</userinput></screen>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
    </section>
   </section>

    <section><info><title>实时刷新内容</title></info>
      <para><application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application> 支持 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>R</keycap></keycombo> 快捷键，用于重新载入当前已打开的 DocBook 文档。这使开发者能够查看他们对文档做出的修改。</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="yelp-moreinfo"><info><title>更多信息</title></info>
    <para lang="en">This section details some helper applications which 
    <application>Yelp Help Browser</application> uses, and provides resources where you can get more information
    about <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>.</para>

    <section><info><title>Scrollkeeper</title></info>
      <para><application>Yelp 帮助浏览器</application> 使用 scrollkeeper 生成 DocBook 和 HTML 文档的目录表，并使每个文档的翻译明了。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>MATE 文档实用工具</title></info>
      <para>MATE 的文档使用这套通用规则：</para>

      <para lang="en"><itemizedlist>
          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Ease translation of documents to different languages.</para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Provide a set of tools to help package and install
            documentation into the correct location and register the
            documentation with scrollkeeper.</para>
          </listitem>

          <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Perform conversion from DocBook format to a format suitable
            for display.</para>
          </listitem>
        </itemizedlist><application>Yelp Help Browser</application> relies on <link xlink:href="help:mate-doc-xslt">MATE XSLT
      Stylesheets</link> to perform conversion from DocBook to HTML.  <link xlink:href="help:mate-doc-make">MATE Documentation
      Build Utilities</link> are relied upon by application authors to install and register documentation within the help system.</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>主页与邮件列表</title></info>
      <para lang="en">For further information on <application>Yelp Help Browser</application>, please visit the Documentation Project homepage, <uri xlink:href="http://mate-desktop.org">http://mate-desktop.org</uri>, or subscribe to
      the mailing list, <uri xlink:href="http://ml.mate-desktop.org/listinfo/mate-dev">http://ml.mate-desktop.org/listinfo/mate-dev</uri>.</para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="yelp-joininggdp"><info><title>加入 MATE 文档项目</title></info>
    <para lang="en">If you are interested in helping produce and update documentation
    for the MATE project, please visit the Documentation Project homepage: <uri xlink:href="http://wiki.mate-desktop.org/dev-doc:doc-team-guide?s[]=users[]=guide#mate_documentation_team">http://wiki.mate-desktop.org/dev-doc:doc-team-guide?s[]=users[]=guide#mate_documentation_team</uri></para>
  </section>
</section>
</chapter>       <!-- Tools & utilities -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="prefs" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>设置桌面</title></info>
  
  <!-- ids in this section are gradually being converted 
  to something like 'prefs-mouse'.
  remember to add an anchor for the old id in the right place -->

  <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-6"/>

  <!-- Desktop Overview / Desktop Preferences -->
  <anchor xml:id="gosoverview-55"/>
  
  <!-- ids of sections removed from this document for 2.14 -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-10"/><!-- Customizing Your Panels -->

  <highlights>
    <para>这一章讲述了如何使用首选项工具来定制 MATE 桌面。</para>
  </highlights>
  <!-- move the following to its own section, "Using Pref Tools"? -->
  <para>首选项工具是一个小应用程序，允许您更改MATE桌面中的设置。
每个首选项工具都涵盖了计算机的特定方面。
例如，使用 <application>鼠标</application>首选项工具，您可以将鼠标设置为左手或右手使用，或更改屏幕上指针的速度。
使用 <application>窗口</application> 首选项工具，您可以设置所有窗口共有的行为，例如使用鼠标选择它们的方式。</para>
  <para>要打开一个选项工具，在顶部面板点击 <menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guisubmenu>首选项</guisubmenu></menuchoice>。从子菜单里选择相应的工具菜单项。</para>
  <para>大多数情况下，当您改变设置后，效果会立刻实现，不需要关闭选项工具。您可以打开工具窗口，然后试着改变选项，从而可以尝试更多的变化。</para>
  <para>一些应用程序或系统组件也可以添加它们自己的首选项到这个菜单里。</para>
  <note><para>一些首选项工具可以让您修改系统关键部位，因此需要管理员的权限。当您打开首选项工具时，一个对话框将会提示您输入密码。在 <menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guisubmenu>系统管理</guisubmenu></menuchoice> 子菜单中也包含了更加复杂的实用工具程序来管理和更新系统。</para></note>

<section xml:id="prefs-personal"><info><title>个人偏好</title></info>
  
  <!-- Was Login Photo prefs, could go to About Me if that was enabled by default -->
  <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-95"/>

  <section xml:id="goscustaccess-11"><info><title>辅助功能首选项</title></info>
    <indexterm><primary>无障碍</primary> <secondary>设置辅助技术</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>偏好设置</primary> <secondary>无障碍技术</secondary></indexterm>
    <para>使用 <application>辅助技术</application> 首选项工具，可以在 MATE 桌面使用辅助技术。您也可以使用 <application>辅助技术</application> 选项工具来指定登录后自动开始辅助技术。</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para><guibutton>首选的应用程序</guibutton> 指定在您登录时自动运行的辅助技术程序。更多相关信息，请参阅 ：<xref linkend="prefs-preferredapps"/>。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para><guibutton>键盘辅助功能</guibutton> 允许您配置键盘辅助功能特性，像粘滞键或回弹键等。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"/>。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para><guibutton>鼠标键</guibutton> 允许您配置鼠标辅助特性，像悬停点击等。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="goscustdesk-53"/>。</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para><xref linkend="goscustaccess-TBL-14"/> 列出您可以设置的辅助功能选项。</para>
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustaccess-TBL-14"><info><title>辅助功能首选项</title></info>
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
        <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
        <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
        <thead>
          <row rowsep="1">
            <entry>
              <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
            </entry>
            <entry>
              <para>描述</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry valign="top">
              <para><guilabel>启用无障碍技术</guilabel></para>
            </entry>
            <entry valign="top">
              <para>选中此项，允许在 MATE 桌面使用辅助功能。</para>
              <para>注意，由于技术原因，为了使设置生效，您需要重新登录。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </table>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard-shortcuts"><info><title>键盘快捷键选项</title></info>
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-39"/>
    <indexterm><primary>偏好设置</primary> <secondary>键盘快捷键</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>快捷键 </primary> <secondary>配置</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>键盘快捷键 </primary> <secondary>配置</secondary></indexterm>
    <para>使用 <application>键盘快捷键</application> 选项工具来自定义默认的键盘快捷键。</para>    
    
    <para><firstterm>键盘快捷键</firstterm> 是一个键或组合键来替代通常的操作步骤执行一个操作。更多键盘快捷键相关信息和 MATE 快捷键列表，请参阅： <xref linkend="keyboard-skills"/>。</para>

    <para>要编辑一个快捷键，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
    <orderedlist>
	    <listitem><para>双击要编辑的快捷方式。
如果您使用键盘，请使用箭头键选择快捷方式，然后按 <keycap>回车键</keycap>.</para></listitem>
	    <listitem>
	      <para>按下一个您相关联的键，或者组合键。</para>
	      <para>要删除一个快捷键，请按<keycap>退格键</keycap>。这一行当前标记为<guilabel>禁用</guilabel>。</para>
	    </listitem>
    </orderedlist>
    
    <para>要取消快捷键，在窗口其他地方点击鼠标，或者按 <keycap>Esc 键</keycap>。</para>
    
    <para>您可以定制的快捷键如下：</para>
    
    <variablelist>
    	<varlistentry><term>桌面</term>
    	  <listitem><para>这些是整个桌面的常规快捷方式，例如注销，锁定屏幕(请参阅<xref linkend="lock-screen"/>), 打开面板菜单栏(请参阅<xref linkend="menubar"/>), 或启动网络浏览器.</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry><term>音效</term>
    	  <listitem><para>控制音乐播放器和系统音量的快捷方式。</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry><term>窗口管理</term>
    	  <listitem><para>访问窗口和工作区的快捷方式，像最大化或移动当前窗口，切换工作区等。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="windows-manipulating"/> 和 <xref linkend="overview-workspaces"/>。</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>辅助</term>
          <listitem><para>启动辅助技术的键盘快捷键，像屏幕阅读器，屏幕放大镜或屏幕键盘。</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry><term>默认快捷键</term>
          <listitem><para>定制已经用 <guilabel>添加</guilabel> 按钮添加快捷键。如果没有自定义快捷键，这一节将不被显示。</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
    <para>要添加一个自定义快捷键，在动作区域里使用 <guilabel>添加</guilabel> 按钮。您需要为新快捷键命令提供一个名称。新的自定义快捷键将出现在列表中，然后可以用跟预定义快捷键一样的方法编辑它。</para>
    <para>要从列表中删除一个书签，选中它然后点击 <guibutton>删除</guibutton>。</para>
  </section>  

  <section xml:id="prefs-preferredapps"><info><title>首选应用程序</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdoc-2"/>       
    <indexterm><primary>偏好工具</primary> <secondary>优选应用</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>默认应用</primary> <secondary>首选应用</secondary></indexterm>
    <para lang="en">Use the <application>Preferred
Applications</application> preference tool to specify the applications that
you want the MATE Desktop to use when the MATE Desktop starts an application
for you. For example, you can specify the web browser application (<application>Epiphany</application>, <application>Mozilla Firefox</application>, <application>Opera</application>...) to launch when you click on a link in other applications such as 
email clients or document viewers.</para>

	<para lang="en"> <application>Preferred Applications</application> can be found by going to
<menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Personal</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Preferred Applications</guimenuitem></menuchoice>.</para>
    <para>您可以在 <application>首选应用程序</application> 选项工具里自定义下面的功能区域：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Internet</guilabel> (Web Browser, Mail Reader)
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Multimedia</guilabel> (Image Viewer, Multimedia Player, Video Player)
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>System</guilabel> (Text Editor, Terminal Emulator, File Manager)
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Office</guilabel> (Document Viewer, Word Processor, Spreadsheet Editor)
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para><guilabel>辅助功能</guilabel> (视觉和运动)</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <para>对于每个首选的应用程序项，里面的下拉列表里包含多个可以选择的应用程序。列表项的多少，取决于您在计算机中安装的程序多少。</para>
    <tip><formalpara><title lang="en">Run at start (Accessibility only)</title><para>选择此选项可在会话开始后立即运行该命令。</para></formalpara></tip>
  </section>
</section>

<section xml:id="prefs-look-and-feel"><info><title>外观</title></info>

  <section xml:id="prefs-appearance"><info><title>外观首选项</title></info>
    <para><application>外观</application> 首选项工具允许您配置桌面的各个外观。</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>主题</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>桌面背景</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>字体</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>界面</para>
      </listitem>
     </itemizedlist>

  <section xml:id="prefs-theme"><info><title>主题首选项</title></info>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-12"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-54"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-82"/>
  
    <indexterm><primary>主题</primary> <secondary>设置控件选项</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>主题</primary> <secondary>设置窗口框架选项</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>主题</primary> <secondary>设置图标选项</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>窗口</primary> <secondary>设置框架主题选项</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>偏好工具</primary> <secondary>主题</secondary></indexterm>

    <para>主题是一组协调的设置，指定 MATE 桌面每个部分的外观可视性。您可以选择主题来改变外观。您可以从一个主题列表中选择。列表中可用的主题包括几种用户可能需要的主题。</para>
    <para>主题设置会影响 MATE 桌面不同的部分，包括：</para>
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>控件</term>
        <listitem>
          <para><indexterm><primary>GTK+
themes</primary><see>themes, controls options</see></indexterm><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>controls options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm>主题的控件设置决定了窗口，面板和小程序的视觉外观。控件设置还确定窗口，面板和小程序上显示的符合MATE的界面项的可视外观，例如菜单，图标和按钮。某些控件设置选项可用于满足特殊的辅助功能需求。您可以从<guilabel>定制主题</guilabel>窗口中的<guilabel>控制</guilabel>选项卡部分为控件设置选择一个选项。</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>颜色</term>
        <listitem>
           <para><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>color options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>color themes</primary><see>themes, color options</see></indexterm> 主题的颜色设置确定各种用户界面元素的颜色。</para>
           <note><para>在每一组颜色里，选择恰当的对比度是很重要的，否则文本可能会很难阅读。</para></note>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>窗口边框</term>
        <listitem>
          <para><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>window frame options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>Marco themes</primary><see>themes, window frame options</see></indexterm>主题的窗口框架设置仅确定窗口周围框架的外观。您可以从<guilabel>定制主题</guilabel>窗口中的<guilabel>窗口边缘</guilabel>选项卡部分为窗口框架设置选择一个选项。</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>图标</term>
        <listitem>
          <para><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>icons options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>icon themes</primary><see>themes, icons options</see></indexterm>主题的图标设置决定了面板和桌面背景上图标的外观。您可以从<guilabel>自定义主题</guilabel>窗口中的<guilabel>图标</guilabel>选项卡部分为图标设置选择一个选项。</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term>指针</term>
        <listitem>
          <para><indexterm><primary>themes</primary><secondary>pointer options</secondary><tertiary>introduction</tertiary></indexterm><indexterm><primary>pointer themes</primary><see>themes, pointer options</see></indexterm>主题的指针设置确定鼠标指针的外观和大小。您可以从<guilabel>定制主题</guilabel>窗口的<guilabel>指针</guilabel>选项卡式部分中选择用于设置指针的选项。</para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-61"><info><title>创建自定义主题</title></info>
      
      <para>在 <guilabel>主题</guilabel> 选项工具里列出的各个主题，是不同的控件，窗口边框，图标选项组合出来的。您也可以使用它们不同的组合，来创建一个自己的主题。</para>
      <para>要创建一个自定义主题，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>启动 <application>外观</application> 首选项工具。打开 <guilabel>主题</guilabel> 选项卡。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在主题列表里选择一个主题。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>自定义主题</guibutton> 按钮，将显示一个 <guilabel>自定义主题</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在 <guilabel>控件</guilabel> 标签里，选择一个控件选项。可用的控件选项列表里，包括了用户需要的几种选项。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击进入 <guilabel>窗口边框</guilabel> 标签。在列表里选择您需要用到的边框选项。可用的窗口边框选项列表里，包括了用户需要的几种选项。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guilabel>图标</guilabel> 选项卡以显示<guilabel>图标</guilabel>选项卡内容。在列表里选择您需要用到的图标选项。可用的图标选项列表里，包括了用户需要的几种选项。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>关闭</guibutton> 按钮关闭 <guilabel>自定义主题</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在 <application>主题</application> 首选项工具中，点击 <guibutton>保存主题</guibutton> 按钮。将显示一个 <guilabel>保存主题到磁盘</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在对话框里，为自定义主题输入名称和简短的描述，然后点击 <guibutton>保存</guibutton>。这样自定义的主题就出现在可用主题列表里了。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-62"><info><title>安装新主题</title></info>
      <para>您可以添加一个新主题到列表中。新主题必须是一个 tar 或 zip 归档文档。也就是说，主题文件必须是 <filename>.tar.gz</filename> 文件。</para>
      <para>要安装新主题，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>启动 <application>外观</application> 首选项工具。打开 <guilabel>主题</guilabel> 选项卡。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>安装主题</guibutton> 按钮。将显示一个<guilabel>安装主题</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>在下拉组合框里选择主题文件的位置。另外也可以点击 <guibutton>浏览</guibutton> 按钮，当您选择好以后，点 <guibutton>确定</guibutton>。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>安装</guibutton> 按钮，安装新主题。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>

<!--How does this work nowadays ?
    <sect4 id="goscustdesk-80">
      <title>To Install a New Theme Option</title>
      <para>You can install new controls options, window frame options, or icons
options. You can find many controls options on the Internet.</para>
      <para>To install a new controls option, window frame option, or icons option,
perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>Start the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool.
          Open the <guilabel>Theme</guilabel> tabbed section.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Click on the <guibutton>Customize</guibutton> button.
An <guilabel>Customize Theme</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Click on the tab for the type of theme that you want to install.
For example, to install an icons option, click on the <guilabel>Icons</guilabel>
tab.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Click on the <guibutton>Install Theme</guibutton> button.
A <guilabel>Theme Installation</guilabel> dialog is displayed.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Enter the location of the option archive file in the drop-down
combination box. Alternatively, to browse for the file, click on the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button. When you have selected the file, click <guibutton>OK</guibutton>.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Click on the <guibutton>Install</guibutton> button to install
the new option. </para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </sect4>
-->

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-81"><info><title>删除一个主题选项</title></info>
      <para>您可以删除控件，窗口边框，或图标选项。</para>
      <para>要删除控件，窗口框架，图标选项，请按下面步骤操作：</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>启动 <application>外观</application> 首选项工具。打开 <guilabel>主题</guilabel> 选项卡。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>自定义主题</guibutton> 按钮，将显示一个 <guilabel>自定义主题</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击您要删除的选项标签。</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>选中要删除的文件或文件夹</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>点击 <guibutton>删除</guibutton> 按钮，删除选中的选项。注意你不能删除系统自带的主题选项。</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-desktopbackground"><info><title>桌面背景首选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-7"/>       
    <indexterm><primary>桌面</primary><secondary>定制背景</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>MATE 桌面选项工具</primary> <see>选项工具</see></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>选项工具</primary> <secondary>背景</secondary></indexterm>
    <indexterm><primary>背景</primary> <secondary>定制桌面背景</secondary></indexterm>
    <para><xref linkend="overview-desktop"/>背景是应用于桌面的图像或颜色。您可以在<application>外观</application>首选项工具中打开<guilabel>背景</guilabel>选项卡部分，方法是右键单击桌面并选择<guimenuitem>更改桌面背景</guimenuitem>以及<menuchoice><guimenu>系统</guimenu><guisubmenu>选项</guisubmenu></menuchoice>菜单。</para>
    <para>您可以用下面的方法自定义桌面背景：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>为桌面背景选择一幅图片。图片将覆盖在桌面颜色之上。当您选择透明图片，或者图片没有完全覆盖时，可以看到桌面背景色。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>为桌面背景选择一种颜色。您可以选择单色，或使用两种颜色创建一个渐变色。渐变色效果是一种颜色逐渐过渡到另一种颜色。</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <tip><para>您还可以从<application>Caja</application>文件管理器中的<guilabel>背景和徽标</guilabel>对话框中将颜色或图案拖到桌面上（参见3）。</para></tip>
    <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-14"/> 列出了您可以设置的背景选项。</para>
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-14"><info><title>桌面背景首选项</title></info>
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
        <thead>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>描述</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para><guibutton>桌面背景</guibutton></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>从列表里选择一幅图片。另外您也可以点 <guibutton>添加壁纸</guibutton> 选择计算机中的其他图片。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para><guilabel>风格</guilabel></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>指定如何显示图片，在 <guilabel>样式</guilabel> 下拉列表里选择一种样式：</para>
              <itemizedlist>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>居中</guilabel>：按照图片的原始大小在桌面中央显示图片。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>填充屏幕</guilabel>: 放大图片使图片充满屏幕，需要注意图片的长宽比例。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>缩放</guilabel>：放大图片到一边遇到屏幕边缘，图片保持长宽比例。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>放大</guilabel>：放大图片最短的边，直到它贴着屏幕边缘；图片的另一个边可能会被裁切。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>平铺</guilabel>：一张挨一张重复显示相同的图片直到充满桌面。</para>
                </listitem>
              </itemizedlist>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Add</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para/>
              <para>点击 <guilabel>添加壁纸</guilabel> 在计算机里找到一幅图片，将将显示一个标准的文件选择窗口。选择您想要的图片然后点击 <guibutton>打开</guibutton>。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Remove</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para>选中您想删除的 <guibutton>桌面壁纸</guibutton>，然后点击 <guilabel>删除</guilabel>。这将从列表里删除一幅图片；当然，图片并没有从您的系统里删除。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para><guilabel>颜色</guilabel></para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>要指定一个颜色样式，点击 <guilabel>背景颜色样式</guilabel> 下拉列表，和颜色块按钮。</para>
              <para>您可以用下面方法来指定一个颜色样式：</para>
              <itemizedlist>
                <listitem>
                  <para>从 <guilabel>背景颜色样式</guilabel> 下拉列表里，选择 <guilabel>纯色</guilabel>，可以为桌面设置单一颜色。</para>
                  <para>要设置自己喜欢的颜色，点击 <guibutton>颜色块</guibutton>按钮。将显示一个 <guilabel>拾取颜色</guilabel> 对话框，选择一个颜色，然后点击 <guibutton>确定</guibutton>。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para>在 <guilabel>背景颜色样式</guilabel> 下拉列表里，选择 <guilabel>水平渐变</guilabel>。这个选项可以通过右边的两个颜色块，为桌面设置一个渐变色效果。</para>
                  <para>点击 <guibutton>左边颜色块</guibutton> 按钮，将显示一个 <guilabel>拾取颜色</guilabel> 对话框，为屏幕左边选择一个颜色。</para>
                  <para>点击 <guibutton>右边颜色块</guibutton> 按钮，将显示一个 <guilabel>拾取颜色</guilabel> 对话框，为屏幕右边选择一个颜色。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para>在 <guilabel>背景颜色样式</guilabel> 下拉列表里，选择 <guilabel>垂直渐变</guilabel>。这个选项为桌面设置一个从顶部到底部的垂直渐变色的效果。</para>
                  <para>点击 <guibutton>顶部颜色块</guibutton> 按钮，将显示一个 <guilabel>拾取颜色</guilabel> 对话框，为屏幕顶部选择一个颜色。</para>
                  <para>点击 <guibutton>底部颜色块</guibutton> 按钮，将显示一个 <guilabel>拾取颜色</guilabel> 对话框，为屏幕底部选择一个颜色。</para>
                </listitem>
              </itemizedlist>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </table>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-font"><info><title>字体首选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-38"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-83"/>
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-94"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Font</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>desktop</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>applications</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>window title</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>terminal</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>fonts</primary>
      <secondary>rendering</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>使用 <application>字体</application> 选项工具来为桌面不同部分选择字体，以及屏幕上的显示方式。</para>

    <section xml:id="prefs-font-choose"><info><title>选择字体</title></info>
      <para>字体选择器按钮显示字体的名称和大小。名称上也显示粗体、斜体或规则类型。</para>
      <para>要更改字体，点击字体选择器按钮。将显示一个字体选择对话框。在列表里选择字体，样式和大小。在预览区域显示您当前选择字体。点击 <guibutton>确定</guibutton> 按钮确认，并更新桌面。</para>
      <para>您可以为桌面的下列组成部分设置字体：</para>

      <variablelist>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Application font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>这个字体用在应用程序的菜单，工具栏，对话框。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Document font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>这个字体用在应用程序里文档的字体。</para>
      	    <note><para>在某些应用程序，您可以忽略这儿的字体设置，而用应用程序的选项对话框来设置字体。</para></note>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Desktop font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>这个字体用在桌面图标的名称上。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Window title font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>这个字体用在窗口标题栏中。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
       	<varlistentry>
      	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Fixed width font</guilabel></term>
      	  <listitem>
      	    <para>这个字体用在 <application>终端</application> 和运行的应用程序中。</para>
      	  </listitem>
      	</varlistentry>
      	</variablelist>
  	</section>
	
  	<section xml:id="prefs-font-rendering"><info><title>字体渲染</title></info>
      <para>您可以设置下面的选项，来设定字体如何显示在桌面上。</para>
	
    	<variablelist>
     	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Rendering</guilabel></term>
    	  <listitem>
    	    <para>要指定字体在屏幕上如何渲染，选择下面的一个选项：</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>单色</guilabel>：只用黑白渲染字体。由于字体没有进行抗锯齿，字符边缘可能出现毛刺，<firstterm>抗锯齿</firstterm> 是一种应用在字符边缘的效果，可以是字符显得平滑。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>最佳形状</guilabel>：字体尽可能平滑显示。标准阴极射线管 (CRT) 显示器使用此选项。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>最佳对比</guilabel>：调整字体尽可能使边缘清晰，同时也抗锯齿，使得字体边缘平滑。这个选项可以使视觉较弱用户更方便操作 MATE 桌面。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>次像素平滑 (LCD)</guilabel>：使用技术利用液晶显示器(LCD)点的形状来使字体渲染平滑。LCD 或平板显示器使用此选项。</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
    	  </listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
     	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guibutton>Details</guibutton></term>
    	  <listitem>
    	    <para>点击此按钮，指定渲染字体的更进一步细节。</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>分辨率(每英寸点数)</guilabel>：使用微调按钮框来指定字体的分辨率。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>平滑</guilabel>：选择一个选项指定如何使字体边缘抗锯齿。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>微调</guilabel>：<firstterm>微调</firstterm> 是一个字体渲染技术，可以在小字体和低分辨率显示时，改善字体质量。选择一个选项来指定如何微调字体。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>次像素顺序</guilabel>：选择一个选项来指定字体的次像素颜色顺序。LCD 或平板显示器使用此项。</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
    	  </listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
   
    </section>

<!-- go to fonts folder no longer exists
    <sect4 id="goscustdesk-83">
      <title>Previewing a Font</title>
      <indexterm>
        <primary>fonts</primary>
        <secondary>previewing</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>A preview of a font shows the characters of a font at different sizes, as well as copyright and technical information. To preview a font, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>Open the <application>Appearance</application> preference tool by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the top panel.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Details</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Go to font folder</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder opens.</para></listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Open a font to display a preview.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
    </sect4>
-->

<!-- go to fonts folder no longer exists
    <sect4 id="goscustdesk-94">
      <title>Adding a TrueType Font</title>
      <para>To add a TrueType font to your system, perform the following steps:</para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para>Open the <application>Font</application> preference tool by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>System</guimenu><guisubmenu>Preferences</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Font</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the panel menubar.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Details</guibutton>.</para></listitem>
        <listitem><para>Click on <guibutton>Go to font folder</guibutton>. The <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder opens.</para></listitem>      
        <listitem>
          <para>Open a file manager window and select the TrueType font that
you want to add.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para>Copy the TrueType font file that you want to add to the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>
      <warning><para>The new font will not appear in the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder until you next log in. You will need to relaunch applications for them to have access to the new font. These are known bugs in Mate.</para></warning>
      
      <tip><para>You can also open the <guilabel>Fonts</guilabel> folder by typing the following URI into <application>Caja</application> file manager's <link linkend="caja-open-location">Open Location dialog</link>: <command>fonts:///</command>.</para></tip>
    </sect4>
-->
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-menustoolbars"><info><title>界面首选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustuserinter-2"/>    
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>toolbars, customizing appearance</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Menus &amp; Toolbars</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>menus</primary>
      <secondary>in applications, customizing appearance</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>您可以使用 <application>外观</application> 首选项工具的 <guilabel>界面</guilabel> 标签，来自定义 MATE 菜单、菜单栏、工具栏的外观样式。</para>
    <para>当您改变设置时，效果立刻显示在窗口中。这可以使您在没有打开应用程序窗口的情况下，看到设置效果。</para>
    <variablelist>
     	<varlistentry>
    	  <term><guilabel>在菜单中显示图标</guilabel></term>
    	  <listitem>
    	    <para>选中此项，在应用程序的菜单项和面板菜单旁边显示一个图标。并不是所有菜单项都有图标。</para>
    	  </listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Editable menu shortcut keys</guilabel></term>
	      <listitem><para>选中此项，您可以为菜单项自定义一个新的快捷键。</para>
	      <para>要更改一个程序的快捷键，打开菜单，如何用鼠标指向您要改变的菜单项，按一个新的组合键。要删除一个快捷键，按一下<keycap>退格键</keycap> 或 <keycap>删除键</keycap>。</para>
	      <warning>
	        <para>当使用这个特性时，如果把一个的快捷键添加到一个命令时，会自动从其他命令上删除此快捷键，您不会得到提示。</para>
	        <para>还没有办法为一个命令存储原来默认的快捷键。</para>
	        <para>这个特性不改变所有程序通用的快捷键，比如 <keycombo><keycap>Ctrl</keycap><keycap>C</keycap></keycombo> 是复制。这可以防止您的 MATE 程序产生冲突。</para>
	      </warning>
	      </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
     	<varlistentry>
    	  <term lang="en"><guilabel>Toolbar button labels</guilabel></term>
    	  <listitem>
    	    <para>选择下面的一个选项，指定 MATE 应用程序的工具栏上显示什么：</para>
                  <itemizedlist>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>文字在项目下</guilabel>：选择此项，工具栏上的每个按钮显示文字以及图标。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>文字在项目旁</guilabel>：选择此项，工具栏上的每个按钮只显示图标，只在最重要的按钮上显示文字。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>只有图标</guilabel>：选择此项，工具栏上的每个按钮只显示图标。</para>
                    </listitem>
                    <listitem>
                      <para><guilabel>只有文字</guilabel>：选择此项，工具栏上的每个按钮只显示文字名称。</para>
                    </listitem>
                  </itemizedlist>
    	  </listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-windows"><info><title>窗口选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-58"/>    

    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>window manager</primary>
      <secondary>customizing</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Windows</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>使用 <application>窗口</application> 选项工具，来为 MATE 桌面定制窗口的行为。</para>
    <para><xref linkend="goscustwindows-TBL-14"/> 列出您可以设置的各个窗口选项。</para>
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustwindows-TBL-14"><info><title>窗口选项</title></info>
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
        <thead>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>描述</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Select windows when the mouse moves over them</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>选中此项，当您指向一个窗口时，该窗口获得焦点，成为当前窗口，直到您指向了另外一个窗口。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Raise selected windows after an interval</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>选中此项，当窗口获得焦点一段时间后提升该窗口。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Interval before raising</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>指定提升一个窗口前等待的时间间隔。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Double-click titlebar to perform this action</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>当您双击标题栏时，选择一个您想要执行的操作。选择下面的一个选项：</para>
              <itemizedlist>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>最大化</guilabel>：最大化窗口。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>高度最大化</guilabel>： 不改变窗口宽度，最大化窗口高度。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>宽度最大化</guilabel>： 不改变窗口高度，最大化窗口宽度。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>最小化</guilabel>：最小化窗口。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>卷起</guilabel>：卷起窗口。</para>
                </listitem>
                <listitem>
                  <para><guilabel>无</guilabel>：什么也不做。</para>
                </listitem>
              </itemizedlist>
              <para>如果窗口已经最大化或卷起，双击标题栏将恢复原来的状态。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>To move a window, press-and-hold this key then grab the window</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>选择一个当您用拖动方法来移动窗口时，需要按住的辅助键。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </table>
    <note>
      <para>键盘上的 Control、Alt 和 Super 键可以在键盘布局选项对话框里设置。请参阅： <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"/>。</para>
    </note>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-screensaver"><info><title>屏幕保护程序首选项</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>screensaver</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><firstterm>屏幕保护程序</firstterm> 会在您的计算机不使用时，显示一个移动的图像。屏幕保护程序也能防止在老式显示器里，一幅图像显示太久而破坏显示器。要停止屏幕保护程序，返回到桌面，移动一下鼠标或按一个键。</para>
    <para>使用 <application>屏幕保护程序</application> 选项工具，来设置屏幕保护程序启动的类型，时间，以及返回时是否需要输入密码。</para>
    <para>您可以设定下面的选项：</para>
    <variablelist>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term>屏幕保护程序</term>
    	  <listitem><para>从列表中选择 <guilabel>屏幕保护程序主题</guilabel>。这将显示一个简化版的该屏幕保护程序。按 <guibutton>预览</guibutton> 按钮会全屏幕显示这个屏幕保护程序，使用屏幕顶部的箭头按钮返回到屏幕保护程序主题列表。</para>
    	  <itemizedlist>
	        <listitem><para><guilabel>黑屏幕</guilabel> 主题，不显示图像，只显示一个黑色屏幕。</para></listitem>
	        <listitem><para><guilabel>随机</guilabel> 主题会从列表中随机选择一个主题来显示。</para></listitem>
        </itemizedlist>
    	  <para>列表中其余的屏幕保护程序数量，取决于发行版或软件开发者。</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term>在此时间后，计算机将视为空闲...</term>
    	  <listitem><para>当经过设定时间内您没有输入操作，就认为计算机是空闲的，比如移动鼠标，按键等。这也影响电源管理(例如显示器可以关闭) 或者提示消息(聊天程序也可以设置您的状态为“总是在线”)。拖动滑块来设置时间(分钟或小时)。</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term>计算机空闲时激活屏幕保护程序</term>
    	  <listitem><para>选中此项，当超过设定时间后，会启动屏幕保护程序。</para></listitem>
    	</varlistentry>
    	<varlistentry>
    	  <term>屏幕保护程序激活时锁定屏幕</term>
    	  <listitem><para>选中这个选项，当您要从屏幕保护程序返回桌面时，会将显示一个密码输入提示。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="lock-screen"/>。</para></listitem>  	
    	</varlistentry>
  </variablelist>
  </section>
</section>

<section xml:id="prefs-internet-and-network"><info><title>互联网和网络</title></info>

  <section xml:id="prefs-network-admin"><info><title>网络设置</title></info>
    <para><application>网络设置</application>允许您设定连接到其他计算机或因特网的方式。</para>
    <para>您将被提示输入密码，在您启动 <application>网络设置</application> 时。这是因为这个工具的更改，会影响到整个系统。</para>

  <section xml:id="prefs-network-admin-getting-started"><info><title>快速入门</title></info>
    <para><application>网络设置</application> 主窗口包括四个标签：</para>
    <variablelist>
	 <varlistentry>
	   <term lang="en"><guilabel>Connections</guilabel></term>
	   <listitem>
		<para>显示网络接口，它也允许您设置接口。</para>
	   </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>

	 <varlistentry>
	   <term lang="en"><guilabel>General</guilabel></term>
	   <listitem>
		<para>允许您设置系统的主机名和域名。</para>
	   </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>

    	 <varlistentry>
	   <term lang="en"><guilabel>DNS</guilabel></term>
	   <listitem>
		<para>包含两个内容，<guilabel>DNS 服务器</guilabel> 是您的计算机得到从域名那儿解析的 IP 地址。<guilabel>搜索域</guilabel> 是默认的当您没有指定域名时系统将要搜索的主机。</para>
	   </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>

	 <varlistentry>
	   <term lang="en"><guilabel>Hosts</guilabel></term>
	   <listitem>
		<para>显示一个访问其他计算机的别名列表。</para>
	   </listitem>
	 </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-network-admin-usage"><info><title>用法</title></info>

    <section xml:id="tool-modify-connection"><info><title>设置连接</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>连接</guilabel> 面板里，选择一个接口，然后点 <guilabel>属性</guilabel> 按钮，根据接口类型的不同，您可以设置不同选项。</para>

	 <variablelist>
	   <varlistentry>
		<term>以太网和 IRLAN 接口</term>
		<listitem>
		  <para>您可以设置接口属性 (DHCP 或手动)，如果您设置了手动，您就可以设置 IP 地址，子网掩码和网关。</para>
		</listitem>
	   </varlistentry>

	   <varlistentry>
		<term>有线连接</term>
		<listitem>
		  <para>您可以设置接口属性 (DHCP 或手动)，如果接口设置为手动，您就可以设置 IP 地址，子网掩码和网关，您还可以为这个接口设置网络名称 (ESSID)。</para>
		</listitem>
	   </varlistentry>

	   <varlistentry>
		<term>并行线路接口</term>
		<listitem>
		  <para>您可以设置接口的 IP 地址，以及远程 IP 地址。</para>
		</listitem>
	   </varlistentry>

	   <varlistentry>
		<term>PPP/Modem接口</term>
		<listitem>
		  <para>您可以设置调制解调器 (modem) 设备，您是否使用拨号音调，modem 音量，电话号码，ISP 提供给您的用户名和密码，和其他高级 PPP 设置。</para>
		</listitem>
	   </varlistentry>
	 </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>要激活或停用一个接口</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>连接</guilabel> 面板里，在接口旁边的复选框里打勾选中或去掉勾。</para>
    </section>
    
    <section><info><title>更改主机名和域名</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>常规</guilabel> 面板里，更改主机名或域名的名称。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>添加一个新的域名服务器</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>DNS 服务器</guilabel> 面板，点 <guilabel>添加</guilabel>按钮，然后输入新的一行域名服务器。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>删除一个域名服务器</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>DNS 服务器</guilabel> 面板里，在列表中选择一个 DNS IP 地址，然后点 <guilabel>删除</guilabel> 按钮。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>添加新的搜索域</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>搜索域</guilabel> 里，点击 <guilabel>添加</guilabel> 按钮，然后输入一行新的搜索域。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>删除搜索域</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>搜索域</guilabel> 的列表里，选中一行搜索域，然后点 <guilabel>删除</guilabel> 按钮。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>添加新的主机别名</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>主机</guilabel> 面板里，点击 <guilabel>添加</guilabel> 按钮，然后在弹出小窗口里，输入一个 IP 地址和别名。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>设置主机别名</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>主机</guilabel> 面板的列表里，选择一个别名，然后点 <guilabel>属性</guilabel> 按钮，在弹出的小窗口中进行设置。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>删除主机别名</title></info>
	 <para>在 <guilabel>主机</guilabel> 面板的列表里，选择一个别名，然后点 <guilabel>删除</guilabel> 按钮。</para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="prefs-network-admin-add-new-profile"><info><title>将当前网络配置保存为“位置”</title></info>
	 <para>点击 <guilabel>添加</guilabel> 按钮旁边的 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 菜单，在弹出的小窗口里指定一个位置。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>删除一个位置</title></info>
	 <para>点击 <guilabel>删除</guilabel> 按钮旁边的 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 菜单，选中的配置将被删除。</para>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>将位置应用到当前配置</title></info>
	 <para>从 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 菜单里选择一个位置，所以的配置将会被替换到选中的位置。</para>
    </section>

  </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-networkproxy"><info><title>网络代理首选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-50"/>       
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Network Proxy</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>network proxy</primary>
      <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>Internet</primary>
      <secondary>configuring connection</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>proxy</primary>
      <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><application>网络代理</application> 选项工具允许您配置您的系统如何连接到互联网。</para>
    <para>您可以配置 MATE 桌面连接到 <firstterm>代理服务器</firstterm>。代理服务器是一台获取您发送到另一个服务器的请求。然后自己来完成请求，如果可能的话。您可以输入一个域名服务器 (DNS) 名称或者代理服务器的IP地址。<firstterm>DNS 名称</firstterm> 是网络上一个计算机独一无二的字母标识。<firstterm>IP 地址</firstterm> 是网路上一个计算机独一无二的数字标识。</para>
    <para>因为有可能您在不同的地方使用不同的代理配置，<application>网络代理首选项</application> 允许您定义单独的代理配置，然后在窗口顶部的 <guilabel>位置</guilabel> 下拉列表中切换。选择 <guilabel>新位置</guilabel> 创建一个代理配置。也可以通过窗口底部的 <guilabel>删除位置</guilabel> 删除位置。</para>
  
    <variablelist>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Direct internet connection</guilabel></term>
        <listitem><para>选择此项，如果您没有经过代理服务器上网。</para></listitem>
      </varlistentry>

      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Manual proxy configuration</guilabel></term>
        <listitem><para>选择此项，如果您想通过代理服务器上网，并且您想手动设置代理服务器。</para>

        <variablelist>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>HTTP proxy</guilabel></term>
            <listitem>
              <para>输入代理服务器的 DNS 名称，或者 IP 地址。在 <guilabel>端口</guilabel> 中输入代理服务器的端口号。</para>
              <para>如果 HTTP 代理服务器需要验证，点 <guibutton>认证</guibutton> 按钮，输入您的用户名和密码。</para>
            </listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>Secure HTTP proxy</guilabel></term>
            <listitem><para>输入代理服务器的 DNS 名称，或者 IP 地址，当您要请求一个安全 HTTP 服务。在 <guilabel>端口</guilabel> 中输入代理服务器的端口号。</para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>FTP proxy</guilabel></term>
            <listitem><para>输入代理服务器的 DNS 名称，或者 IP 地址。当您要请求一个FTP服务时。在<guilabel>端口</guilabel> 中输入 FTP 代理服务器的端口号。</para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>
          <varlistentry>
            <term lang="en"><guilabel>Socks host</guilabel></term>
            <listitem><para>输入 Socks 主机的 DNS 名称，或者 IP 地址。在<guilabel>端口</guilabel> 中输入 Socks 主机的端口号。</para></listitem>
          </varlistentry>
        </variablelist>
      </listitem></varlistentry>
      <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Automatic proxy
      configuration</guilabel></term><listitem><para>选择此项，如果您想通过一个代理服务器连接上网，并且您想自动配置代理服务器。</para>
      <para>自动代理服务器配置依靠一个所谓的 PAC 文件，是由您的浏览器从一个网页服务器中下载的。如果你没有为 <guilabel>自动配置 URL</guilabel> 项指定 PAC 文件的 URL 地址，您的浏览器会尝试自动搜寻一个。</para>
      <variablelist>
      <varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Autoconfiguration
      URL</guilabel></term><listitem><para>输入 PAC 文件的 URL 网址，它里面包含自动配置代理服务器的信息。</para></listitem></varlistentry>
      </variablelist></listitem></varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
    
    <para>在 <guilabel>高级配置</guilabel> 的 <guilabel>忽略主机列表</guilabel> 里设置哪些主机将不使用代理。当您访问这些主机时，您将直接连接到它们，而不使用代理。</para>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-remotedesktop"><info><title>远程桌面首选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-90"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>setting session sharing preferences</primary>
    </indexterm>           
    <para><application>远程桌面</application> 选项工具允许您在多个用户之间共享一个 MATE 桌面会话，和设置会话的共享选项。</para>
    <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-91"/> 列出您可以设置的共享会话选项。这些选项将直接影响您的系统安全。</para>
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-91"><info><title>共享会话选项</title></info>
      <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
        <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
        <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
        <thead>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
              <para>描述</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </thead>
        <tbody>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Allow other users to view your desktop</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>选择此项，允许远程用户查看您的桌面会话。远程用户忽略所有键盘，鼠标，和剪贴板事件。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Allow other users to control your desktop</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
              <para>选择此项，允许其他用户从一个远程位置访问和控制您的桌面。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <!--
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para>
                <guilabel>Users
can view your desktop using this command:</guilabel>
                
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para>Click on the command text to send it to
another user by email.</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          -->
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>When
a user tries to view or control your desktop</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">Select the following security
considerations when a user tries to view or control your session:<itemizedlist><listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Ask you for confirmation:</guilabel> Select this
option if you want remote users to ask you for confirmation when they want
to share your session. This option enables you to be aware of other users
who connect to your session. You can also decide what time is suitable for
the remote user to connect to your session.</para></listitem><listitem><para lang="en"><guilabel>Require the user to enter this password:</guilabel>
Select this option to authenticate the remote user if authentication is used.
This option provides an extra level of security.</para></listitem></itemizedlist></para>
            </entry>
          </row>
          <row>
            <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para lang="en">
                <guilabel>Password</guilabel>
              </para>
            </entry>
            <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
              <para>当客户端想要查看或控制您的桌面会话时，必须输入密码。</para>
            </entry>
          </row>
        </tbody>
      </tgroup>
    </table>
  </section>  
</section>

<section xml:id="prefs-hardware"><info><title>硬件</title></info>
	
  <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard"><info><title>键盘首选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustperiph-2"/>       
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Keyboard</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>keyboard</primary>
      <secondary>configuring general preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>使用 <application>键盘</application> 选项工具，为键盘设置自动重复选项，和打字间断选项。</para>
    <!--
    adds no information until each tab can be briefly summarized.
    
    <para>You can set the preferences for the <application>Keyboard</application>
preference tool in the following functional areas:</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          <guilabel>Keyboard</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          <guilabel>Typing Break</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          <guilabel>Layouts</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>
          <guilabel>Layout Options</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    -->
    <para lang="en">To open the <xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-a11y"/> tool, click the <guibutton>Accessibility</guibutton> button.</para>    
    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-40"><info><title>键盘首选项</title></info>
      
      <para>在 <guilabel>常规</guilabel> 标签里设定常规的键盘首选项。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustperiph-TBL-3"/> 列出您可以设置的各个键盘选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustperiph-TBL-3"><info><title>键盘首选项</title></info>
        
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Key presses repeat when key is held down</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选中此项允许键盘重复按键。如果该项设置为允许，当您按住一个键时，可以产生重复此按键的操作。例如，当您按住一个字母键，这个字母就会重复输入。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>设定当您按住一个键时，产生重复操作的延时时间。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选择重复动作的速度。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Cursor blinks in text boxes and fields</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，允许光标在文本区域和文本框里闪烁。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>拖动滑块来设置光标在文本区域和文本框里的闪烁速度。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Type to test settings</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para>测试区域是一个交互区域，在这里您可以检查键盘设置效果。输入字符来测试设置效果。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard-layouts"><info><title>键盘布局选项</title></info>
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-100"/>         
      <para>使用 <guilabel>布局</guilabel> 标签来设置键盘语言，也可以设置使用的键盘型号。</para>
      <para>这将允许 MATE 来使用键盘上特殊媒体按键，也可以通过键盘语言来显示正确的字符。</para>
      
      <variablelist>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term><guilabel>键盘模式</guilabel></term>
	        <listitem><para lang="en">Use the browse button (labeled with the currently selected keyboard model) to choose another keyboard make and model.</para></listitem>
	      </varlistentry>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Separate layout for each window</guilabel></term>
	        <listitem><para>选中此项，每个窗口有自己的键盘布局。更改键盘布局只影响当前窗口。</para>
	        <para>这允许您在一个字处理软件中，使用俄语键盘来输入，然后在浏览器里使用英语键盘，例如。</para></listitem>
              </varlistentry>
	      <varlistentry>
	        <term lang="en"><guilabel>Selected Layouts</guilabel></term>
	        <listitem><para>您可以通过选择布局来更换输入的字符。要添加一个布局，点击 <guibutton>添加</guibutton>。您可以最多有四个布局。要删除一个布局，选中它，然后点<guibutton>删除</guibutton>。</para>
	        <para lang="en">To switch between keyboard layouts, use the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> panel applet. <!-- better link to the specific page, but not yet suitable for a direct link: help:gswitchit?gswitchit-applet-switching --></para>
                 <para>要往列表里添加一个布局，点 <guibutton>添加</guibutton> 按钮，打开一个布局选择对话框，您可以在这里选择一个国家或语言的键盘布局。</para> 
	        </listitem>
	      </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
      
      <para>点击 <guibutton>重置为默认值</guibutton> 恢复所有键盘布局到系统最初始的状态。</para>

      <para>点击 <guibutton>布局选项</guibutton> 按钮，打开 <guilabel>键盘布局选项</guilabel> 对话框。</para>
   </section>
    
    <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"><info><title>键盘布局选项</title></info> 
      <!-- preserve id for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscustdesk-101"/>
      <para lang="en">The <guilabel>Keyboard Layout Options</guilabel> dialog has options for the behavior of keyboard modifier keys and certain shortcut options.</para>
      <para>展开每个标签组，显示可用的选项，用粗体显示的标签项，是指该项目已经由默认值更改了。</para>
      <note><para>这个面板里显示的选项，取决于您使用的 X 窗口系统。不是所有下面的选项都会显示在您的系统中，也不是所有选项可以在您的系统中工作。</para></note>

      <!-- the options of mystery!!!       
           for future reference, these are in
           /etc/X11/xkb/rules/xorg.xml
      -->
      <variablelist>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Adding the EuroSign to certain keys</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>使用这些选项添加欧元符号 € 给一个键，作为键盘第三级字符。要访问这个符号，你必须链接一个 <guilabel>第三级选择</guilabel>。</para>
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Alt/Win key behavior</guilabel></term>
                <listitem><para lang="en">
                  This group of options allows you to assign the behavior of Unix modifier keys Super, Meta, and Hyper to the <keycap>Alt</keycap> and <keycap>Windows</keycap> keys on your keyboard.
                </para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term><guilabel>大写锁定键行为</guilabel></term>
                <listitem><para>这组有几个用于 <keycap>Caps Lock</keycap> 键的选项。</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Compose key position</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>组合键允许您联合两个按键来产生单个字符。这一般用在创建一个您的键盘布局上没有的重音字符。例如，按组合键 <keycap>'</keycap>，然后 <keycap>e</keycap> 来获得 e-acute 字符。</para>
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Control key position</guilabel></term>
                <listitem><para>使用这组选项来设置 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 键位置以匹配老式键盘。</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Group Shift/Lock behavior</guilabel></term>
                <listitem><para>当按下时，选择键或组合键来切换键盘布局</para></listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Miscellaneous compatibility options</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <variablelist>
	                  <varlistentry>
	                    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Shift with numpad keys works as in MS Windows.</guilabel></term>
                    	<listitem>
                    	  <para>选择此项，当 <keycap>NumLock</keycap> 关闭时，使用 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 和数字小键盘。</para>
                    	  <para lang="en">With this option unselected, use <keycap>Shift</keycap> with keys on the numerical pad to obtain the reverse of the current behavior for that key. For example, when <keycap>NumLock</keycap> is off, the <keycap>8</keycap> key acts as an up-arrow. Press <keycombo><keycap>Shift</keycap><keycap>8</keycap></keycombo> to type an '8'.</para></listitem>
                    	</varlistentry>
                    	<varlistentry><term lang="en"><guilabel>Special keys (Ctrl+Alt+&lt;key&gt;) handled in a server.</guilabel></term>
	<listitem><para>选择此项，当前键盘快捷键会传递到 X 窗口系统，而不是由 MATE 处理。</para></listitem>
</varlistentry>
                    </variablelist>
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Third level choosers</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para><firstterm>第三级选择</firstterm> 键，允许您从键盘获得第三级字符，同样方法是按住 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 和一个键来产生不同于单独按键的字符。</para>
                  <para>使用这组来选择一个您想进行第三级选择的修饰键。</para>
                  <para>按住第三级按键和 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 产生第四级字符。</para>
                  <para lang="en">The third and fourth level characters for your keyboard layout are shown in the <application>Keyboard Indicator</application> Layout View Window.</para>
                  <!-- better link, pending CVS commit of gswitchit docs: "help:gswitchit?layout-view" -->
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
        <varlistentry>
                <term lang="en"><guilabel>Use keyboard LED to show alternative group.</guilabel></term>
                <listitem>
                  <para>使用此项来指定，当使用另一个键盘布局时，键盘上的一个指示灯会指示。</para>
                  <note><para>选中的键盘灯将不再指示它原来的功能。例如，Caps Lock 灯将不再反映 <keycap>Caps Lock 键</keycap>状态。</para></note>
                </listitem>
        </varlistentry>
      </variablelist>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="prefs-keyboard-a11y"><info><title>键盘辅助功能首选项</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>AccessX</primary>
      <see>preference tools, Keyboard Accessibility</see>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>keyboard</primary>
      <secondary>configuring accessibility options</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>accessibility</primary>
      <secondary>configuring keyboard</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Keyboard Accessibility</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
      <anchor xml:id="goscustaccess-6"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscustaccess-8"/>
      <anchor xml:id="goscustaccess-9"/>
      <para><application>键盘辅助功能</application> 选项工具，允许您设置像过滤偶然按键，使用键盘模拟鼠标，使用快捷键来代替按组合键。<application>键盘</application> 辅助工具选项配置也称作 <application>AccessX</application>。</para>

       <para lang="en">This section describes each of the preferences you can set. For a more task-oriented description of keyboard accessibility, see the <citetitle>MATE Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle>.</para>

      <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-85"/> 列出了您可以设置的辅助功能选项。</para>
     <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-85"><info><title>键盘辅助功能首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Accessibility features can be toggled with keyboard shortcuts</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                   <para>选中此项，在通知区域显示一个图标提供快速访问辅助功能。</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Simulate simultaneous keypresses</guilabel>
                  </para>
                  <indexterm lang="en">
                    <primary>accessibility</primary>
                    <secondary>sticky keys</secondary>
                  </indexterm>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，通过顺序按下多个键，可执行同时按下多个按键的操作。另外，要启用粘滞键，连续按 <keycap>Shift</keycap> 键五次。</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                    <para lang="en">
                      <guilabel>Disable sticky keys if two keys are pressed together</guilabel>
                    </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                    <para><guilabel>若同时按下两个键则禁用</guilabel>：选择此项，当您同时按下两个键时，就不能再通过顺序按下多个键来执行同时按下多个按键的操作。</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Only accept long keypresses</guilabel>
                  </para>
                  <indexterm lang="en">
                    <primary>accessibility</primary>
                    <secondary>slow keys</secondary>
                  </indexterm>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Select this option to control the period that you must press-and-hold
a key before acceptance. Alternatively, to enable the slow keys feature, press-and-hold <keycap>Shift</keycap> for eight seconds.</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">Use the slider
to specify the period that you must press-and-hold
a key before acceptance.</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Ignore fast duplicate keypresses</guilabel>
                  </para>
                  <indexterm lang="en">
                    <primary>accessibility</primary>
                    <secondary>bounce keys</secondary>
                  </indexterm>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                <para>选择此项可以接受一个键盘输入，并控制键盘的键重复特征。您可以设置下面的相关选项：</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
             <row>
                <entry valign="top">
                  <para lang="en">
                    <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
                  </para>
                </entry>
                <entry valign="top">
                   <para><guilabel>延时</guilabel>：拖动滑块或点击微调按钮来指定自动重复按键的等待时间。</para>
                </entry>
             </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Type to test settings</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>测试区域是一个交互区域，在这里您可以检查键盘设置效果。输入字符来测试设置效果。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <para>要配置键盘辅助功能特性的声音反馈，点击 <guibutton>声音反馈</guibutton> 按钮，打开一个 <guilabel>键盘辅助功能声音反馈</guilabel> 窗口。</para>
    </section>

   <section><info><title>键盘辅助功能</title></info>
      <para>允许通过键盘打开或关闭键盘辅助特性</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-86"/> 列出了您可以配置的声音反馈选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-86"><info><title>声音反馈首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Beep when accessibility features are turned on or off</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，当一个功能激活时，用声音提示，比如激活或关闭粘滞键、慢速键等。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a toggle key is pressed</guilabel>
                 </para>
                 <indexterm lang="en">
                    <primary>accessibility</primary>
                    <secondary>toggle keys</secondary>
                  </indexterm>
              </entry>
	      <entry valign="top">
                 <para>选择此项，当一个功能锁定键按下时声音提示。您可以听到一声鸣笛，当功能锁定键打开时。当关闭时发出两声鸣笛。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</guilabel>
                 </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para><guilabel>按下修饰键时鸣笛</guilabel>：选中此项，当一个修饰键按下后，发出声音提示。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a key is pressed</guilabel>
                 </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para>选中此项，按键时发出声音提示。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a key is accepted</guilabel>
                 </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para>选中此项，当一个按键被接受输入时发出声音提示。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Beep when a key is rejected</guilabel>
                 </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                 <para>选中此项，当一个按键被拒绝时发出声音提示。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
   </section>
 
   <section><info><title>鼠标键首选项</title></info>
     <anchor xml:id="goscustaccess-10"/>
     <para><guilabel>鼠标键</guilabel> 标签里的选项，允许您配置键盘模拟鼠标动作。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-88"/> 列出了您可以设置的鼠标指针选项：</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-88"><info><title>打字间断选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Pointer can be controlled using the keypad</guilabel>
                </para>
                <indexterm lang="en">
                  <primary>accessibility</primary>
                  <secondary>mouse keys</secondary>
                </indexterm>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
               <para lang="en">Select this option to make the numeric keypad emulate mouse actions. The list of keys and their equivalences is in the <citetitle>MATE Desktop Accessibility Guide</citetitle> under the heading <citetitle>To Enable the Keyboard to Emulate the Mouse</citetitle>.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Acceleration</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>拖动滑块，指定您在移动鼠标时，屏幕上指针跟随移动的灵敏度。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                   <guilabel>Speed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>最快移动速度</guilabel>：拖动滑块或使用微调按钮来指定鼠标在屏幕移动的最大速度。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Delay</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">Use the slider to specify the period that must pass
after a keypress before the pointer moves.</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
  </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-86"><info><title>打字间断选项</title></info>
      
      <para>设置打字间断选项来使 MATE 提醒您休息，当您使用键盘或鼠标到一定时间后。打字间断期间，屏幕将被锁定。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-87"/> 列出您可以设置的打字间断选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-87"><info><title>打字间断选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="50*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Lock screen to enforce typing break</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>当您启用了打字间断时选择此项来锁定屏幕。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Work interval lasts</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>使用微调按钮框来指定您能工作多长时间，然后执行打字间断。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Break interval lasts</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>使用微调按钮框来指定打字间断的时间。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Allow postponing of breaks</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry valign="top">
                <para>选择此项，您能够推迟打字间断。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <note><para>如果您停止使用键盘和鼠标的时间与 <guilabel>间断间隔</guilabel> 设置的时间相同，当前工作间隔持续时间将被重置。</para></note>
    </section>    
  </section>

  <section xml:id="prefs-mouse"><info><title>鼠标首选项</title></info>
    <!-- Maintained for 2.8 compatibility -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustperiph-5"/>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Mouse</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>mouse</primary>
      <secondary>configuring</secondary>
    </indexterm>

    <para>在 <application>鼠标</application> 首选项工具里，您可以：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para>设置您的鼠标方向是右手习惯还是左手习惯，</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>      
        <para>指定鼠标移动时的加速和灵敏度。</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para>配置鼠标辅助功能特性。</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    
    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-55"><info><title>常规鼠标选项</title></info>
      <para>在 <guilabel>常规</guilabel> 选项卡中，可以指定是否鼠标设置为左手习惯。您也可以指定两次单击和双击之间的时间间隔。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustperiph-TBL-6"/> 列出您可以设置的鼠标按钮选项。</para>

    <!-- convert to variablelist -->
    <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustperiph-TBL-6"><info><title>鼠标按钮选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Right-handed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，配置您的鼠标为右手习惯。当您配置鼠标是右手习惯时，鼠标左按钮是主按钮，右按钮是次要按键。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Left-handed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，配置您的鼠标为左手习惯。当您配置鼠标是左手习惯时，这个功能将交换鼠标左键和右键。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，当您按住或松开 <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> 键时，允许鼠标指针动画。这个特性可以帮助您定位鼠标指针。</para>
                <note>
                  <para>Ctrl 键的位置可以在键盘布局选项对话框里设置。相关信息，请参阅：<xref linkend="prefs-keyboard-layoutoptions"/>。</para>
                </note>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Acceleration</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>拖动滑块，指定您在移动鼠标时，屏幕上指针的移动的速度。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Sensitivity</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>拖动滑块，指定您在移动鼠标时，屏幕上指针跟随移动的灵敏度。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Threshold</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>拖动滑块，指定一个距离，它是您对一个项目进行拖放操作的距离。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Timeout</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>拖动滑块来指定一个时间，在此时间内您的双击不会当作两次单击。如果两次点击的时间间隔超过设定的时间，就不是双击了。</para>
                <para>点击灯泡图标来测试双击灵敏度：灯泡闪亮一下，表示单击，一直亮表示双击。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-53"><info><title>鼠标辅助功能首选项</title></info>
      <para>在 <guilabel>辅助功能</guilabel> 标签里，配置辅助功能特性，可以帮助那些难以精确定位指针或按下鼠标按键的用户。</para>
      <itemizedlist>
         <listitem>
            <para>通过点击并按住主要按键(左键)，打开上下文菜单；这对于仅能按住一个按钮的用户是很有用的。</para>
         </listitem>
         <listitem>
            <para lang="en">
              Perform different types of mouse button click by software; this useful for users that are not able to manipulate any buttons. The types of click that can be performed are:
               <variablelist>
                 <varlistentry>
                   <term lang="en">Single click</term>
                   <listitem>
                     <para lang="en">
                       A single click of the primary mouse button
                     </para>
                   </listitem>
                 </varlistentry>
                 <varlistentry>
                   <term lang="en">Double click</term>
                   <listitem>
                     <para lang="en">
                        A double click of the primary mouse button
                     </para>
                   </listitem>
                 </varlistentry>
                 <varlistentry>
                   <term lang="en">Drag click</term>
                   <listitem>
                     <para lang="en">
                       A click that begins a drag operation
                     </para>
                   </listitem>
                 </varlistentry>
                 <varlistentry>
                   <term lang="en">Secondary click</term>
                   <listitem>
                     <para lang="en">
                       A single click of the secondary mouse button
                     </para>
                   </listitem>
                 </varlistentry>
               </variablelist>
            </para>
         </listitem>
      </itemizedlist>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-47"/> 列出了您可以设置的鼠标辅助功能选项：</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-47"><info><title>指针移动选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
          <colspec colwidth="30.10*"/>
          <colspec colwidth="69.90*"/>
          <thead>
            <row rowsep="1">
              <entry>
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry>
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Trigger secondary click by holding down the primary button</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，通过按住主要按钮(左键)来模拟次要按钮(右键)的单击动作。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>在 <guilabel>模拟次要点击</guilabel> 的 <guilabel>延时</guilabel> 面板</para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>使用滑块指定按住主要按钮多长时间，才能模拟次要按钮点击。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Initiate click when stopping pointer movement</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，当鼠标停止时自动执行点击动作。在 <guilabel>悬停点击</guilabel> 面板里可以配置执行哪一种点击。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>悬停点击</guilabel> 里的 <guilabel>延时</guilabel> 滑块</para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>拖动滑块指定执行自动点击前，指针必须要停下多长时间。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>运动阈值</guilabel> 滑块</para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>拖动滑块指定指针移出多少距离，还算是停在原地。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Choose type of click beforehand</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，从一个面板小程序中选择点击类型。</para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Show click type window</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>当启用此项后，不同类型的点击(单击、双击、拖动或次要按钮(右键)单击)可以在一个窗口里选择。</para> 
                <note><para><guilabel>悬停点击</guilabel> 面板小程序可以用来替代这个窗口。</para></note>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Choose type of click with mouse gestures</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选中此项，通过鼠标手势的方向来选择点击类型。这个选项下面有四个组合框，可以关联不同类型的点击。注意每个方向只能用于一个点击类型。</para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Single click</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选择触发单击的方向。</para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Double click</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>择触发双击的方向。</para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Drag click</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选择触发拖动的方向。</para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Secondary click</guilabel> 
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry rowsep="0" colsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>选择触发次要按钮(右键)单击的方向。</para> 
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="goscustdesk-70"><info><title>显示器</title></info>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Display</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para>在 <application>显示器首选项</application> 里配置您计算机使用的显示器。</para>
<note><para>对于绝大多数笔记本电脑，您可以使用组合键 <keycombo><keycap>Fn</keycap><keycap>F7</keycap></keycombo> 来切换几种典型的显示器配置，而不需要启动 <application>显示器首选项</application> 。</para></note>
<para>您可以拖动窗口左上部显示器里的图像，来设定它们如何排列。<application>显示首选项</application> 显示一个小的标志在窗口的左上角，可以帮助您识别哪个方框代表哪个显示器。</para>
<para>跟其他首选项工具相比，您在 <application>显示器首选项</application> 里的更改，必须要点 <guibutton>应用</guibutton> 按钮后才能生效，除非您确定更改，否则会恢复原来状况。这是一个预防措施，阻止错误的显示设置使您的计算机不能正常显示。</para>

<variablelist>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Same image in all monitors</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para>选中此项，您的桌面项将适合于单显示器，每个显示器将显示相同的桌面，如果没选中它，在您的多显示器微调框中，每个显示器只显示桌面的一部分。</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Detect monitors</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para>点击此按钮，查找最近添加或接入的显示器。</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
  <varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Show monitors in panel</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para>选中此项，会在面板上添加一个图标，允许您快速更改当前设置，而不需要打开 <application>显示器首选项</application>。</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
</variablelist>

<para>下面列出了您可以为每个显示器设置的选项，当前选中的显示器是图像外面有一个粗边框所代表的。它也由标签的背景色来指示。</para>

<variablelist>
	<varlistentry>
    <term><guilabel>开启</guilabel> / <guilabel>关闭</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para>独立的显示器可以通过选择 <guilabel>关闭</guilabel> 来完全禁用。</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Resolution</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para>使用此按钮让您的桌面注意新插入或断开的显示器。这是很有必要的，因为它将花费很多资源去不断检测它们的改变。</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Refresh rate</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para lang="en">Select the refresh rate to use for the currently
                selected monitor from the drop-down list. The <emphasis>refresh
                rate</emphasis> determines how often the computer redraws the
                screen. A too low refresh rate (below 60) makes the monitor
                flicker and can cause discomfort to your eyes. This is less
                of a problem on LCDs.
              </para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
	<varlistentry>
    <term lang="en"><guilabel>Rotation</guilabel></term>
    <listitem><para>为当前选中的显示器选择旋转。这个选项并不是所有的显卡都支持。</para></listitem>
  </varlistentry>
</variablelist>
</section>

  <section xml:id="goscustmulti-2"><info><title>声音首选项</title></info>
    
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Sound</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sound</primary>
      <secondary>setting preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sound</primary>
      <secondary>associating events with sounds</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>events, associating sounds with</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>volume</primary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><application>声音</application> 首选项工具，允许您控制声音设备和输入输出的音量。您还可以指定发生特定事件时播放哪一个音乐。</para>
    <para>您可以在<application>音效</application>选项工具里的各个功能区域里，进行下列设置：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Sound Events</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Input</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Output</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>
    <para>您可以拖动窗口顶部的 <guilabel>输出音量</guilabel> 滑块，从而更改所有的输出音量。<guilabel>静音</guilabel> 复选框允许暂时关闭所有输出，避免声音的烦扰。</para>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-48"><info><title>音效事件首选项</title></info>
      <para>声音主题是一组不同事件的音效集合，比如打开对话框、点击按钮，或者选择一个菜单项。最常见的声音事件是 <emphasis>系统响铃</emphasis>，一般出现在键盘输入错误的时候。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustmulti-TBL-6"/> 列出了您可以设置的音效事件首选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustmulti-TBL-6"><info><title>音效事件首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>警报音量</guilabel> 滑块</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>拖动 <guilabel>警报音量</guilabel> 滑块，调节音效事件的音量。</para>
                <para><guilabel>静音</guilabel> 复选框允许暂时关闭声音事件，不需要设置当前音量。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Sound Theme </guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>使用组合框选择不同的声音主题。</para>
                <para>选择 <guilabel>无声音</guilabel> 关闭所有事件音效。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>选择提示音</guilabel> 列表</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>从列表中为系统响铃选择其他声音效果。</para>
                <para>选择一个列表项播放声音。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>启用窗口和按钮音效</guilabel> 复选框</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>不选中此项，如果您不想听到窗口相关和按钮点击的事件音效(比如打开一个对话框或菜单)。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>输入声音首选项</title></info>
      <para>在<guilabel>输入</guilabel>标签里，可以设置声音输入的各个选项。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-1"/> 列出了你可以设置的声音输入选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-1"><info><title>输入声音首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para><guilabel>输入音量</guilabel> 滑块</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para>拖动输入音量滑块来控制输入音量级别。</para>
                <para><guilabel>静音</guilabel> 复选框允许暂时关闭所有输入，避免声音的烦扰。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Input level</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para><guilabel>输入音量级别</guilabel> 用可视化反馈来选择合适的输入音量大小。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para><guilabel>选择声音输入设备</guilabel> 列表</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para>选择您想要接收声音(录音)的设备。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <note><para>注意，当一个应用程序监听声音输入时，输入音量也可以由显示在面板通知区域的麦克风图标来控制。</para></note>
    </section>

    <section><info><title>声音输出首选项</title></info>
      <para>在 <guilabel>输出</guilabel> 标签里，您可以设置声音输出首选项。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustdesk-TBL-2"/> 列出了您可以设置的各个声音输出选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustdesk-TBL-2"><info><title>声音输出首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec18" colwidth="19.21*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec19" colwidth="46.79*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para><guilabel>输出音量</guilabel> 滑块</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para>拖动输出音量滑块来控制整体输出音量。</para>
                <para><guilabel>静音</guilabel> 复选框允许暂时关闭所有输出，避免声音的烦扰。</para>
                <para>注意 <guilabel>输出音量</guilabel> 滑块位于窗口顶部标签的上面。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para><guilabel>选择输出声音设备</guilabel> 列表</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para>选择您想听到输出声音的设备。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec18" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para><guilabel>平衡</guilabel> 滑块</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec19" colsep="0" rowsep="0">
                <para>拖动 <guilabel>平衡</guilabel> 滑块来控制多个声道设备的左/右声道输出平衡(例如立体声或5.1)。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
      <note><para>注意，输出音量也可以由显示在面板通知区域的喇叭图标来控制。</para></note>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustdesk-41"><info><title>应用程序的声音首选项</title></info>
      <para>在 <guilabel>应用程序</guilabel> 标签里，可以分别控制各个应用程序的音量。</para>
      <para>显示当前正在播放声音的各个程序的名称和图标。</para>
    </section>
  </section>

<!--
<sect2 id="goscustdesk-79">
<title>Customizing PalmOS Devices</title>
<indexterm><primary>preference tools</primary><secondary>PalmOS devices</secondary>
</indexterm><para>Information to be supplied in a future release.</para>
</sect2>
-->
</section>

<section xml:id="prefs-system"><info><title>系统</title></info>

  <section xml:id="prefs-sessions"><info><title>会话首选项</title></info>
    <!-- preserve for backwards compatibility: 2.12 -->
    <anchor xml:id="goscustsession-5"/>   
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>preference tools</primary>
      <secondary>Sessions</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>sessions</primary>
      <secondary>preferences</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <indexterm lang="en">
      <primary>startup applications</primary>
      <secondary>customizing</secondary>
    </indexterm>
    <para><application>会话</application> 首选项工具允许您管理您的会话。您可以设置会话选项，指定启动是运行哪一个应用程序。您可以在 MATE 桌面设置会话来保存应用程序状态，当您开启其他会话时恢复状态。您也可以使用这个选项工具来管理多个 MATE 会话。</para>
    <para>您可以在下面的功能区域里，自定义会话设置和自动启动的应用程序：</para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Session Options</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">
          <guilabel>Startup Programs</guilabel>
        </para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <section xml:id="goscustsession-16"><info><title>设置会话选项</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>sessions</primary>
        <secondary>setting options</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>在 <guilabel>会话选项</guilabel>选项卡中管理多个会话，并且为当前会话设置选项。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustsession-TBL-11"/> 列出了您可以设置的会话选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustsession-TBL-11"><info><title>会话选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2" colsep="1" rowsep="1">
          <colspec colname="colspec0" colwidth="18.86*"/>
          <colspec colname="colspec1" colwidth="47.14*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colsep="0" rowsep="1">
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Automatically remember running applications when logging out</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <indexterm lang="en">
                  <primary>startup applications</primary>
                  <secondary>session-managed</secondary>
                </indexterm>
                <para>如果您想在注销时让会话管理器保存当前会话的状态，请选中此项。会话管理器保存运行的应用程序，并设置注销时与会话管理器相联系。当您下次启动会话时，应用程序会用保存的设置自动运行。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
            <row>
              <entry colname="colspec0" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel>Remember currently running applications</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="colspec1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <indexterm lang="en">
                  <primary>startup applications</primary>
                  <secondary>session-managed</secondary>
                </indexterm>
                <para>选择此项，如果您想让会话管理器保存当前会话的状态。会话管理器保存运行的应用程序，设置会和会话管理器应用程序相联系。当您下次启动会话时，应用程序会用保存的设置来自动启动。</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="goscustsession-12"><info><title>设置自启动程序</title></info>
      <indexterm lang="en">
        <primary>startup applications</primary>
        <secondary>non-session-managed</secondary>
      </indexterm>
      <para>在 <application>会话</application> 选项工具的 <guilabel>启动程序</guilabel> 选项卡中，设置额外的 <firstterm>启动程序</firstterm>。自启动程序是当您启动一个会话时，自动启动的应用程序。您可以在 <guilabel>启动程序</guilabel> 选项卡指定运行一个额外的命令程序。当您登录时，这个命令会自动运行。</para>
      <para>您也可以自动启动会话管理器程序。更多相关信息，请参阅： <xref linkend="goscustsession-16"/>。</para>
      <para><xref linkend="goscustsession-TBL-19"/> 列出了您可以设置的自启动程序选项。</para>
      <table frame="topbot" xml:id="goscustsession-TBL-19"><info><title>启动程序首选项</title></info>
        <tgroup cols="2">
          <colspec colname="col1" colwidth="18.86*"/>
          <colspec colname="col2" colwidth="47.14*"/>
          <thead>
            <row>
              <entry colname="col1" colsep="0">
                <para>对话框里的各个选项</para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="col2" colsep="0">
                <para>描述</para>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </thead>
          <tbody>
            <row>
              <entry colname="col1" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para lang="en">
                  <guilabel> Additional startup programs</guilabel>
                </para>
              </entry>
              <entry colname="col2" colsep="0" rowsep="0" valign="top">
                <para>在这个表里管理下面额外的启动程序：</para>
                <itemizedlist>
                  <listitem>
                    <para lang="en">To add a startup application, click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button. The <guilabel>New Startup Program</guilabel> dialog is displayed. Enter the name of the application in the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> field. Then enter the command to start the application in the <guilabel>Command</guilabel> field. You can also specify a comment in the <guilabel>Comment</guilabel> field</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>要编辑自启动程序，选择这个程序，然后点击 <guibutton>编辑</guibutton> 按钮。将显示 <guilabel>编辑启动程序</guilabel> 对话框。在对话框里设置应用程序的启动命令和启动顺序。</para>
                  </listitem>
                  <listitem>
                    <para>要删除一个自启动程序，选择这个程序，然后点击 <guilabel>删除</guilabel> 按钮。</para>
                  </listitem>
                </itemizedlist>
              </entry>
            </row>
          </tbody>
        </tgroup>
      </table>
    </section>
  </section>
</section>
</chapter>    <!-- Preferences -->
  <chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" version="5.0" xml:id="mate-dconf" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title lang="en">Desktop Settings Storage</title></info>

  <highlights>
    <para lang="en">
      This chapter describes how are your MATE desktop settings stored,
      and how to retrieve or modify them using the <command>dconf</command>
      or <command>gsettings</command> command line tools, or the
      <application>Dconf Editor</application> GUI application.
    </para>
  </highlights>

  <section xml:id="mate-dconf-intro"><info><title>介绍</title></info>
    <para lang="en">
      The settings of your MATE desktop are managed and stored by
      <application>dconf</application>, which is a key-based configuration system
      for hardware and software configurations.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      <application>dconf</application> uses several database files in GVDB binary format, one database per file.
      A dconf profile consists of a single file, in plain text format, which contains a list of database files in GVDB format.
      All dconf profiles are stored in the <filename class="directory">/etc/dconf/profile</filename> folder.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      In most systems, there is no dconf profile file since they only use the default database, user.db which is stored in ~/.config/dconf/user. In such case, there is no system-wide setting, i.e. users just have their own settings.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      Example of content for the user profile (/etc/dconf/profile/user file):
    </para>

<literallayout lang="en">user-db: user
system-db: local
system-db: site
system-db: distro</literallayout>

    <para lang="en">
      The previous dconf profile contains 4 GVDB files, one per line.
    </para>

    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><database class="name">user</database> is the name of the user's databases. They are usually located in the <filename class="directory">~/.config/dconf</filename> folder</para>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en"><database class="name">local</database>, <database class="name">site</database> and <database class="name">distro</database> are system databases. They are usually located in the <filename class="directory">/etc/dconf/db</filename> folder</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">
      Each one of these databases store key-value pairs using a hash map data structure, which can map string keys to GVariant values in a way that is extremely efficient for lookups.
      The lookup preference is determined by the order of appearance in the dconf profile file, user's databases have the highest preference in the previous dconf profile example.
      The keys from multiple configuration sources coexist in a logical tree structure. MATE Desktop key-value hashmap entries are under the /org/mate logical node, which are usually stored in user's databases.
    </para>

    <note>
      <para lang="en">Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:dconf(7)"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information about the dconf configuration system.</para>
    </note>

  <section xml:id="mate-dconf-one-read"><info><title lang="en">To read the value of a dconf key</title></info>
    

    <para lang="en">
      The value of a dconf key can be read using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> command line tools, or the <application>Dconf Editor</application> GUI application.
    </para>

    <para lang="en">
      This section shows how to read the background picture of your MATE desktop, this values is stored in the dconf key:
    </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">
      The following figure displays the full path to this dconf key. Note that the other directories have not been expanded, or they have been removed, and only are showed the keys for dconf directory:
    </para>

    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <figure xml:id="dconf-logical-full-bakgroud-keys-fig"><info><title lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/ dconf directory</title></info>
       
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/org_mate_desktop_background_logical_view.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Figure showing the contents of /org/mate/desktop/background/ dconf directory.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      You can read the value of a dconf key:
    </para>

    <section xml:id="read-key-dconf-using-dconf-editor"><info><title lang="en">Using the dconf-editor GUI application</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To show the value of a dconf key using the <application>Dconf Editor</application> application, perform the following steps:
      </para>
      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>dconf Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the folders to get the full path to the dconf directory.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

      <figure><info><title lang="en">Dconf-Editor showing the value of /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename key</title></info>
        
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/picture_filename_dconf_key_view.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Dconf-Editor showing the value of /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename key</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="read-key-dconf-using-dconf"><info><title lang="en">Using the dconf command line tool</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To read the value of a dconf key using the <command>dconf</command> command line tool, run the following command:
      </para>
      <screen lang="en">$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename
'/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Dark.png'</screen>
      <para lang="en">
        Synopsis:
      </para>
      <synopsis lang="en">dconf read [-d] KEY</synopsis>
      <para lang="en">
        Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:dconf"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>dconf</command> command line tool.
      </para>
      <tip><para lang="en">You can use the <keycap>Tab</keycap> key to auto complete the path to the dconf key. </para></tip>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="read-key-dconf-using-gsettings"><info><title lang="en">Using the gsettings command line tool</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To read the value of a dconf key using the <command>gsettings</command> command line tool, run the following command:
      </para>
      <screen lang="en">$ gsettings get org.mate.background picture-filename
'/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Dark.png'</screen>
      <para lang="en">
        Synopsis:
      </para>
      <synopsis lang="en">gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] get SCHEMA[:PATH] KEY</synopsis>
      <para lang="en">
        Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:gsettings"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>gsettings</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>gsettings</command> command line tool.
      </para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="mate-dconf-one-change"><info><title lang="en">To change the value of a dconf key</title></info>
    

    <para lang="en">
      The value of a dconf key can be modified using the <command>dconf</command> command or the <application>Dconf Editor</application> application.
    </para>
    <para lang="en">
      This section shows how to change the background picture of your MATE desktop, this values is stored in the dconf key:
    </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <para lang="en">
      The following figure displays the full path to this dconf key. Note that the other directories have not been expanded, or they have been removed, and only are showed the keys for dconf directory:
    </para>
    <itemizedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/</para>
      </listitem>
    </itemizedlist>

    <figure xml:id="dconf-logical-short-bakgroud-keys-fig"><info><title lang="en">/org/mate/desktop/background/ dconf directory</title></info>
      
      <mediaobject lang="en">
        <imageobject>
          <imagedata fileref="figures/org_mate_desktop_background_only_logical_view.png" format="PNG"/>
        </imageobject>
        <textobject>
          <phrase>Figure showing the contents of /org/mate/desktop/background/ dconf directory.</phrase>
        </textobject>
      </mediaobject>
    </figure>

    <para lang="en">
      You can mofify the value of a dconf key:
    </para>

    <section xml:id="modify-key-dconf-using-dconf-editor"><info><title lang="en">Using the dconf-editor GUI application</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To edit the background picture of your MATE desktop in <application>Dconf Editor</application>, perform the following steps:
      </para>

      <orderedlist>
        <listitem>
            <para lang="en">Choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Applications</guimenu><guimenuitem>System Tools</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>dconf Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the top panel.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">Click on the folders to get the full path to the dconf directory, and then click on the dconf key to edit its value.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
           <para lang="en">Enter the new value in <guilabel>Custom value</guilabel> text box.</para>
        </listitem>
        <listitem>
           <para lang="en">Click on the Check mark button to apply the change.</para>
        </listitem>
      </orderedlist>

      <figure><info><title lang="en">Editing the value of /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename key in Dconf-Editor dialog</title></info>
        
        <screenshot>
          <mediaobject lang="en">
            <imageobject>
              <imagedata fileref="figures/picture_filename_dconf_key_edit.png" format="PNG"/>
            </imageobject>
            <textobject>
              <phrase>Editing the value of /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename key in Dconf-Editor dialog</phrase>
            </textobject>
          </mediaobject>
        </screenshot>
      </figure>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="modify-key-dconf-using-dconf"><info><title lang="en">Using the dconf command line tool</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To change the background picture of your MATE desktop, run the following command:
      </para>
      <screen lang="en">$ dconf write /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename \
"'/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Light.png'"</screen>
      <para lang="en">
        Synopsis:
      </para>
      <synopsis lang="en">dconf write KEY VALUE</synopsis>
      <para lang="en">
        Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:dconf"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>dconf</command>.
      </para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="modify-key-dconf-using-gsettings"><info><title lang="en">Using the gsettings command line tool</title></info>
      
      <para lang="en">
        To change the background picture of your MATE desktop, run the following command:
      </para>
      <screen lang="en">$ gsettings set org.mate.background picture-filename \
"'/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Light.png'"</screen>
      <para lang="en">
        Synopsis:
      </para>
      <synopsis lang="en">gsettings [--schemadir SCHEMADIR] set SCHEMA[:PATH] KEY VALUE</synopsis>
      <para lang="en">
        Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:gsettings"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>gsettings</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>dconf</command>.
      </para>
    </section>
  </section>

  <section xml:id="mate-dconf-some-changes"><info><title lang="en">To change the value of several dconf keys</title></info>
    

    <para lang="en">
      To change the value of several dconf keys at the same time, perform the following steps:
    </para>
    <orderedlist>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Dump the contents of a dconf directory to a new plain text file:</para>
        <screen lang="en">$ dconf dump /org/mate/desktop/background/ &gt; file.dconf</screen>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Make changes in the plain text file</para>
<literallayout lang="en">[/]
color-shading-type='vertical-gradient'
primary-color='rgb(88,145,188)'
picture-options='zoom'
picture-filename='/usr/share/backgrounds/mate/desktop/MATE-Stripes-Light.png'
secondary-color='rgb(60,143,37)'
</literallayout>
      </listitem>
      <listitem>
        <para lang="en">Load the contents of the plain text file to a dconf directory</para>
        <screen lang="en">$ dconf load /org/mate/desktop/background/ &lt; file.dconf</screen>
      </listitem>
    </orderedlist>
    <tip><para lang="en">You can also dump/load several directories at once, e.g. to back up and restore all configurations of your MATE desktop:</para>
        <screen lang="en">$ dconf dump /org/mate/ &gt; backup.dconf
$ dconf load /org/mate/ &lt; backup.dconf</screen>
    </tip>

    <para lang="en">
      Refer to the <link xlink:href="man:dconf"><citerefentry><refentrytitle>dconf</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry></link> for more information on how to use <command>dconf</command> command line tool.
    </para>

  </section>

  </section>

  <section xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" version="5.0" its:version="2.0" xml:id="mate-dconf-list" xml:lang="en">
  <info>
    <title lang="en">List of Dconf Keys of MATE Desktop</title>
  </info>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.accessibility-keyboard">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.accessibility-keyboard</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">feature-state-change-beep</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/feature-state-change-beep
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard feature-state-change-beep</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">timeout-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/timeout-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard timeout-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">timeout</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/timeout
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard timeout</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bouncekeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/bouncekeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard bouncekeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bouncekeys-delay</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Ignore multiple presses of the _same_ key within @delay milliseconds.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/bouncekeys-delay
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard bouncekeys-delay</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bouncekeys-beep-reject</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/bouncekeys-beep-reject
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard bouncekeys-beep-reject</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mousekeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/mousekeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard mousekeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mousekeys-max-speed</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) How many pixels per second to move at the maximum speed.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/mousekeys-max-speed
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard mousekeys-max-speed</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mousekeys-accel-time</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) How many milliseconds it takes to go from 0 to maximum speed.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/mousekeys-accel-time
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard mousekeys-accel-time</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mousekeys-init-delay</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) How many milliseconds to wait before mouse movement keys start to operate.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/mousekeys-init-delay
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard mousekeys-init-delay</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-delay</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Do not accept a key as being pressed unless held for @delay milliseconds.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-delay
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-delay</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-beep-press</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-beep-press
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-beep-press</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-beep-accept</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-beep-accept
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-beep-accept</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">slowkeys-beep-reject</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/slowkeys-beep-reject
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard slowkeys-beep-reject</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">stickykeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/stickykeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard stickykeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">stickykeys-latch-to-lock</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Latch modifiers when pressed twice in a row until the same modifier is pressed again.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/stickykeys-latch-to-lock
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard stickykeys-latch-to-lock</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">stickykeys-two-key-off</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Disable if two keys are pressed at the same time.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/stickykeys-two-key-off
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard stickykeys-two-key-off</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">stickykeys-modifier-beep</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Beep when a modifier is pressed.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/stickykeys-modifier-beep
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard stickykeys-modifier-beep</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">togglekeys-enable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/keyboard/togglekeys-enable
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-keyboard togglekeys-enable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.accessibility-startup">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/startup/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/startup/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.accessibility-startup</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec-ats</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(as) List of assistive technology applications to start when logging into the MATE desktop.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/accessibility/startup/exec-ats
$ gsettings get org.mate.accessibility-startup exec-ats</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-at-mobility">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/mobility/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/mobility/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-at-mobility</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Preferred Mobility assistive technology application to be used for login, menu, or command line.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/mobility/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-at-mobility exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">startup</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) MATE to start preferred Mobility assistive technology application during login.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/mobility/startup
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-at-mobility startup</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-at-visual">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/visual/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/visual/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-at-visual</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Preferred Visual assistive technology application to be used for login, menu, or command line.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/visual/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-at-visual exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">startup</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) MATE to start preferred Visual assistive technology application during login.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/at/visual/startup
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-at-visual startup</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-browser">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-browser</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Default browser for all URLs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-browser exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">needs-term</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the default browser needs a terminal to run.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/needs-term
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-browser needs-term</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">nremote</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the default browser understands netscape remote.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/browser/nremote
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-browser nremote</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-calculator">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/calculator/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/calculator/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-calculator</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Calculator program to use when starting applications that require one.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/calculator/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-calculator exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-office.calendar">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/calendar/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/calendar/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-office.calendar</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Default calendar application</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/calendar/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-office.calendar exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">needs-term</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the default calendar application needs a terminal to run</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/calendar/needs-term
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-office.calendar needs-term</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-office.tasks">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/tasks/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/tasks/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-office.tasks</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Default tasks application</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/tasks/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-office.tasks exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">needs-term</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the default tasks application needs a terminal to run</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/tasks/needs-term
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-office.tasks needs-term</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.applications-terminal">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/applications/terminal/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/applications/terminal/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.applications-terminal</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Terminal program to use when starting applications that require one.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/terminal/exec
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-terminal exec</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">exec-arg</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Argument used to execute programs in the terminal defined by the 'exec' key.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/applications/terminal/exec-arg
$ gsettings get org.mate.applications-terminal exec-arg</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.background">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/background/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/background/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.background</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">draw-background</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Have MATE draw the desktop background.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/draw-background
$ gsettings get org.mate.background draw-background</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">show-desktop-icons</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Have MATE file manager (Caja) draw the desktop icons.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/show-desktop-icons
$ gsettings get org.mate.background show-desktop-icons</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">background-fade</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) If set to true, then MATE will change the desktop background with a fading effect.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/background-fade
$ gsettings get org.mate.background background-fade</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">picture-options</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">() Determines how the image set by wallpaper_filename is rendered.  Possible values are "wallpaper", "centered", "scaled", "stretched", "zoom", "spanned".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-options
$ gsettings get org.mate.background picture-options</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">picture-filename</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) File to use for the background image.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-filename
$ gsettings get org.mate.background picture-filename</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">picture-opacity</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Opacity with which to draw the background picture.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/picture-opacity
$ gsettings get org.mate.background picture-opacity</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">primary-color</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Left or Top color when drawing gradients, or the solid color.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/primary-color
$ gsettings get org.mate.background primary-color</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">secondary-color</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Right or Bottom color when drawing gradients, not used for solid color.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/secondary-color
$ gsettings get org.mate.background secondary-color</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">color-shading-type</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">() How to shade the background color. Possible values are "horizontal-gradient", "vertical-gradient", and "solid".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/background/color-shading-type
$ gsettings get org.mate.background color-shading-type</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.debug">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/debug/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/debug/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.debug</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">caja</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/caja
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug caja</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">marco</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/marco
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug marco</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mate-session</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/mate-session
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug mate-session</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mate-settings-daemon</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/mate-settings-daemon
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug mate-settings-daemon</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">mate-panel</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/debug/mate-panel
$ gsettings get org.mate.debug mate-panel</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.file-views">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/file-views/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/file-views/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.file-views</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">icon-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Theme used for displaying file icons.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/file-views/icon-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.file-views icon-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.interface">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/interface/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/interface/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.interface</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">accessibility</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether Applications should have accessibility support.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/accessibility
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface accessibility</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">enable-animations</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether animations should be displayed. Note: This is a global key, it changes the behaviour of the window manager, the panel etc.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/enable-animations
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface enable-animations</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">menus-have-tearoff</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether menus should have a tearoff.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/menus-have-tearoff
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface menus-have-tearoff</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">toolbar-style</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Toolbar Style. Valid values are "both", "both-horiz", "icons", and "text".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/toolbar-style
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface toolbar-style</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">menus-have-icons</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether menus may display an icon next to a menu entry.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/menus-have-icons
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface menus-have-icons</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">buttons-have-icons</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether buttons may display an icon in addition to the button text.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/buttons-have-icons
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface buttons-have-icons</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">menubar-detachable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the user can detach menubars and move them around.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/menubar-detachable
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface menubar-detachable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">toolbar-detachable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the user can detach toolbars and move them around.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/toolbar-detachable
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface toolbar-detachable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">toolbar-icons-size</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Size of icons in toolbars, either "small-toolbar" or "large-toolbar".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/toolbar-icons-size
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface toolbar-icons-size</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">cursor-blink</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the cursor should blink.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/cursor-blink
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface cursor-blink</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">cursor-blink-time</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/cursor-blink-time
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface cursor-blink-time</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">icon-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Icon theme to use for the panel, Caja etc.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/icon-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface icon-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Basename of the default theme used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-key-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Basename of the default theme used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-key-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-key-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-color-scheme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) A '\n' separated list of "name:color" as defined by the 'gtk-color-scheme' setting</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-color-scheme
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-color-scheme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">font-name</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the default font used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/font-name
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface font-name</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-im-preedit-style</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the GTK+ input method Preedit Style used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-im-preedit-style
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-im-preedit-style</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-im-status-style</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the GTK+ input method Status Style used by gtk+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-im-status-style
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-im-status-style</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-im-module</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the input method module used by GTK+.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-im-module
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-im-module</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-dialogs-use-header</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether builtin GTK+ dialogs such as the file chooser, the color chooser or the font chooser will use a header bar at the top to show action widgets, or an action area at the bottom. This setting does not affect custom dialogs using GtkDialog directly, or message dialogs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-dialogs-use-header
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-dialogs-use-header</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-overlay-scrolling</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether built-in GTK+ scrolled windows will use overlay scrolling. Overlay scrolling hides and reduces the size of the scrollbar until it gets focus.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-overlay-scrolling
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-overlay-scrolling</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-enable-animations</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-enable-animations
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-enable-animations</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">document-font-name</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of the default font used for reading documents.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/document-font-name
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface document-font-name</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">monospace-font-name</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Name of a monospaced (fixed-width) font for use in locations like terminals.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/monospace-font-name
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface monospace-font-name</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">use-custom-font</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to use a custom font in gtk+ applications.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/use-custom-font
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface use-custom-font</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">status-bar-meter-on-right</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to display a status bar meter on the right.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/status-bar-meter-on-right
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface status-bar-meter-on-right</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">file-chooser-backend</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Module to use as the filesystem model for the GtkFileChooser widget.  Possible values are "gio" and "gtk+".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/file-chooser-backend
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface file-chooser-backend</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">menubar-accel</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Keyboard shortcut to open the menus.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/menubar-accel
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface menubar-accel</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">show-input-method-menu</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the context menus of entries and text views  should offer to change the input method.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/show-input-method-menu
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface show-input-method-menu</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">show-unicode-menu</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether the context menus of entries and text views  should offer to insert control characters.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/show-unicode-menu
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface show-unicode-menu</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-decoration-layout</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) This setting determines which buttons should be put in the titlebar of client-side decorated windows, and whether they should be placed at the left of right. See https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSettings.html#GtkSettings--gtk-decoration-layout.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-decoration-layout
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-decoration-layout</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-shell-shows-app-menu</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b)  This setting determines where application menu will be displayed - in a window or on a panel with MenuModel protocol. See https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSettings.html#GtkSettings--gtk-shell-shows-app-menu.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-shell-shows-app-menu
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-shell-shows-app-menu</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-shell-shows-menubar</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b)  This setting determines where window menubars will be displayed - in a window or on a panel with MenuModel protocol. See https://developer.gnome.org/gtk3/stable/GtkSettings.html#GtkSettings--gtk-shell-shows-menubar.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-shell-shows-menubar
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-shell-shows-menubar</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">automatic-mnemonics</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user presses the Alt key.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/automatic-mnemonics
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface automatic-mnemonics</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">window-scaling-factor</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) This controls the GTK scale factor that maps from window coordinates to the actual device pixels. On traditional systems this is 1, but on very high density displays (e.g. HiDPI, Retina) this can be a higher value (often 2). Set to 0 to auto-detect.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/window-scaling-factor
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface window-scaling-factor</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">window-scaling-factor-qt-sync</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) This setting determines whether MATE controls the scale factor for QT applications. Enable to synchronize with the GTK scale factor when initializing the session, disable to control this value elsewhere. Requires restarting your session.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/window-scaling-factor-qt-sync
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface window-scaling-factor-qt-sync</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">gtk-enable-primary-paste</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) 
        If true, gtk+ uses the primary paste selection, usually triggered by a middle mouse button click.
      </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/interface/gtk-enable-primary-paste
$ gsettings get org.mate.interface gtk-enable-primary-paste</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.lockdown">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.lockdown</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-command-line</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from accessing the terminal or specifying a command line to be executed. For example, this would disable access to the panel's "Run Application" dialog.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-command-line
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-command-line</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-save-to-disk</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from saving files to disk. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Save as" dialogs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-save-to-disk
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-save-to-disk</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-printing</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from printing. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print" dialogs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-printing
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-printing</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-print-setup</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from modifying print settings. For example, this would disable access to all applications' "Print Setup" dialogs.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-print-setup
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-print-setup</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-user-switching</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from switching to another account while his session is active.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-user-switching
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-user-switching</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-lock-screen</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from locking the screen.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-lock-screen
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-lock-screen</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-application-handlers</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent running any URL or MIME type handler applications.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-application-handlers
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-application-handlers</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-theme-settings</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from changing theme settings.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-theme-settings
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-theme-settings</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-log-out</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Prevent the user from logging out.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/lockdown/disable-log-out
$ gsettings get org.mate.lockdown disable-log-out</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.peripherals-keyboard">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.peripherals-keyboard</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">repeat</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/repeat
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard repeat</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">click</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/click
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard click</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">rate</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/rate
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard rate</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">delay</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/delay
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard delay</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">click-volume</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/click-volume
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard click-volume</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bell-mode</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) possible values are "on", "off", and "custom".</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/bell-mode
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard bell-mode</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bell-pitch</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/bell-pitch
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard bell-pitch</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bell-duration</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) </para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/bell-duration
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard bell-duration</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">bell-custom-file</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) File name of the bell sound to be played.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/bell-custom-file
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard bell-custom-file</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">remember-numlock-state</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) When set to true, MATE will remember the state of the NumLock LED between sessions.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/remember-numlock-state
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard remember-numlock-state</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">numlock-state</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">() The remembered state of the NumLock LED.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/keyboard/numlock-state
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-keyboard numlock-state</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.peripherals-mouse">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.peripherals-mouse</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">left-handed</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Swap left and right mouse buttons for left-handed mice.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/left-handed
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse left-handed</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">motion-acceleration</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(d) Acceleration multiplier for mouse motion.  A value of -1 is the system default.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/motion-acceleration
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse motion-acceleration</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">motion-threshold</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Distance in pixels the pointer must move before accelerated mouse motion is activated.  A value of -1 is the system default.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/motion-threshold
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse motion-threshold</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">drag-threshold</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Distance before a drag is started.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/drag-threshold
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse drag-threshold</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">double-click</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Length of a double click.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/double-click
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse double-click</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">middle-button-enabled</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Enables middle mouse button emulation through simultaneous left and right button click.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/middle-button-enabled
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse middle-button-enabled</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">locate-pointer</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Highlights the current location of the pointer when the Control key is pressed and released.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/locate-pointer
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse locate-pointer</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">cursor-theme</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) Cursor theme name.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/cursor-theme
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse cursor-theme</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">cursor-size</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Size of the cursor referenced by cursor_theme.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/peripherals/mouse/cursor-size
$ gsettings get org.mate.peripherals-mouse cursor-size</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.sound">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/sound/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/sound/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.sound</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">default-mixer-device</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) The default mixer device used by the multimedia key bindings.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/default-mixer-device
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound default-mixer-device</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">default-mixer-tracks</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(as) The default mixer tracks used by the multimedia key bindings.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/default-mixer-tracks
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound default-mixer-tracks</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">enable-esd</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Enable sound server startup.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/enable-esd
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound enable-esd</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">event-sounds</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to play sounds on user events.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/event-sounds
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound event-sounds</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">theme-name</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(s) The XDG sound theme to use for event sounds.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/theme-name
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound theme-name</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">input-feedback-sounds</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether to play sounds on input events.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/sound/input-feedback-sounds
$ gsettings get org.mate.sound input-feedback-sounds</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.thumbnail-cache">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/thumbnail-cache/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/thumbnail-cache/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.thumbnail-cache</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">maximum-age</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Maximum age for thumbnails in the cache, in days. Set to -1 to disable cleaning.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/thumbnail-cache/maximum-age
$ gsettings get org.mate.thumbnail-cache maximum-age</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">maximum-size</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Maximum size of the thumbnail cache, in megabytes. Set to -1 to disable cleaning.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/thumbnail-cache/maximum-size
$ gsettings get org.mate.thumbnail-cache maximum-size</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.thumbnailers">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/thumbnailers/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/thumbnailers/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.thumbnailers</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable-all</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Set to true to disable all external thumbnailer programs, independent on whether they are independently disabled/enabled.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/thumbnailers/disable-all
$ gsettings get org.mate.thumbnailers disable-all</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">disable</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(as) Thumbnails will not be created for files whose mime-type is contained in the list.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/thumbnailers/disable
$ gsettings get org.mate.thumbnailers disable</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
  <section xmlns:its="http://www.w3.org/2005/11/its" xml:id="org.mate.typing-break">
    <title lang="en">Dconf Directory: /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/</title>
    <para lang="en">To obtain the list of dconf keys, run one of the following commands:</para>
    <para its:translate="no">
      <screen>$ dconf list /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/
$ gsettings list-keys org.mate.typing-break</screen>
    </para>
    <para lang="en">In the following list of dconf keys, the data type of the dconf key is shown in parentheses, next to its description, if available.
           The list also contains an example to read the value of the key using the <command>dconf</command> or <command>gsettings</command> commands.</para>
    <variablelist>
      <info>
        <title lang="en">List of dconf keys</title>
      </info>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">type-time</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Number of minutes of typing time before break mode starts.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/type-time
$ gsettings get org.mate.typing-break type-time</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">break-time</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(i) Number of minutes that the typing break should last.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/break-time
$ gsettings get org.mate.typing-break break-time</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">allow-postpone</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether or not the typing break screen can be postponed.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/allow-postpone
$ gsettings get org.mate.typing-break allow-postpone</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
      <varlistentry>
        <term lang="en">enabled</term>
        <listitem>
          <para lang="en">(b) Whether or not keyboard locking is enabled.</para>
          <para its:translate="no">
            <screen>$ dconf read /org/mate/desktop/typing-break/enabled
$ gsettings get org.mate.typing-break enabled</screen>
          </para>
        </listitem>
      </varlistentry>
    </variablelist>
  </section>
</section>   <!-- List of dconf keys -->

</chapter>       <!-- dconf -->
  <glossary xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:id="glossary-1" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>术语表</title></info>
  
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-6">
    <glossterm>小程序</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">An applet is a small, interactive application that resides
within a panel, for example the <application>Volume Control</application>. Each
applet has a simple user interface that you can operate with the mouse or
keyboard. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-40">
    <glossterm>桌面</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>MATE 桌面的一部分，没有图形界面元件的地方，比如面板和窗口。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-31">
    <glossterm>桌面背景</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>应用到您桌面的图像或颜色。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-9">
    <glossterm>桌面对象</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>您桌面上的一个图标，您可用来打开文件、文件夹或应用程序。您可以使用桌面对象方便地访问您经常使用的文件、文件夹或应用程序。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-20">
    <glossterm>DNS 名称</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>计算机在网络上的唯一字母性标识符。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-8">
    <glossterm>抽屉</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>抽屉是面板上的一种可以展开的组件，您可以通过相应的抽屉图标来打开或关闭它。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-fileextension">
    <glossterm>文件扩展名</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">The final portion of a file's name, after the last period (.) in the name. For example, the file extension of the file <filename>picture.jpeg</filename> is <filename>jpeg</filename>.</para>
      <para lang="en">The file extension can identify the type of file. <application>Caja</application> file manager uses this information when to determine what to do when you open a file. For more on this, see <xref linkend="caja-open-file"/>.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-23">
    <glossterm>格式化</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>格式化介质，意味着准备让介质使用特定的文件系统。当您格式化介质时，该介质上的任何已有信息都将丢失。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-10">
    <glossterm>MATE 兼容的应用程序</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">An application that uses the standard MATE programming libraries
is called a MATE-compliant application. For example, <application>Caja</application> file manager and <application>pluma</application> text editor
are MATE-compliant applications.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-21">
    <glossterm>IP 地址</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>计算机在网络上的唯一数字标识符。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-25">
    <glossterm>键盘快捷键</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A <firstterm>keyboard shortcut</firstterm> is a key or combination
of keys that provides an alternative to standard ways of performing an action. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-3">
    <glossterm>启动器</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>启动器可启动特定的应用程序、执行命令或打开文件。启动器可以位于面板或菜单中。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-11">
    <glossterm>菜单栏</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>菜单栏位于应用程序窗口的顶端，其中包含了应用程序菜单。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-27">
    <glossterm>MIME 类型</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) type identifies
the format of a file. The MIME type enables applications to read the file.
For example, an email application can use the <literal>image/png</literal>
MIME type to detect that a Portable Networks Graphic (PNG) file is attached
to an email.</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-24">
    <glossterm>挂载</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>挂载指将文件系统准备好以便进行访问。当您挂载文件系统时，文件系统将连接到您现有文件系统的某个子目录。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-4">
    <glossterm>面板</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A pane is a subdivision of a window. For example, the <application>Caja</application> window contains a side pane and a view pane. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-2">
    <glossterm>首选项工具</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>控制 MATE 桌面某方面行为的专用工具。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-5">
    <glossterm>快捷键</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>快捷键是为执行某操作提供便捷方式的按键。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-15">
    <glossterm>叠放次序</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>叠放次序是多个窗口在屏幕上互相排列的次序。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-13">
    <glossterm>状态栏</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>状态栏位于窗口的底部，里面提供了窗口中当前显示内容的相关信息。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-28">
    <glossterm>符号链接</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>这是一种特殊类型的文件，它指向另外一个文件或文件夹。当您对符号链接执行操作时，操作实际上是针对符号链接所指向的文件或文件夹的。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-12">
    <glossterm>工具栏</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>工具栏中包含了应用程序最常用功能的按钮。通常情况下，工具栏位于菜单栏下方。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-29">
    <glossterm>统一资源标识符</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>统一资源标识符(URI)是一个可标识文件系统或 Web 上特定位置的字符串。例如，网页的地址就是一个 URI。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-19">
    <glossterm>统一资源定位器</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>统一资源定位器(URL)指 Web 上特定位置的地址。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-16">
    <glossterm>视图</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para lang="en">A <application>Caja</application> component that enables
you to display a folder in a particular way. For example, <application>Caja</application> contains an icon view which enables you to display the contents
of a folder as icons. <application>Caja</application> also contains a
list view which enables you to display the contents of a folder as a list. </para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
  <glossentry xml:id="glossary-7">
    <glossterm>工作区</glossterm>
    <glossdef>
      <para>工作区是 MATE 桌面里您可以在其中工作的独立区域。</para>
    </glossdef>
  </glossentry>
</glossary>       <!-- Glossary -->
  <appendix xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:db="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0" xml:id="feedback" xml:lang="en">
    <info><title>反馈</title></info>
    
    <para>这一部分包含了如何向 MATE 报告 bug、提出建议、评价 MATE 程序或文档，以及各种帮助 MATE 的方式的信息，</para>

    <section xml:id="feedback-bugs"><info><title>报告 Bug</title></info>
      <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from mate-desktop/desktop-docs/mate-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->
      <para lang="en">
     If you have found a bug in a MATE application, please
   report it! Developers do read all the bug reports and try to fix
   these bugs. Please try to be as specific as possible when
   describing the circumstances under which the bug shows (What
   commands did you enter? Which buttons did you click?). If there were any
   error messages, be sure to include them, too.  
      </para>

      <para lang="en">
	The easiest way to report bugs is by connecting to the <link xlink:href="https://github.com/mate-desktop/">MATE bug tracking
	database</link>, where you can also browse the list of known bugs. You will need to register before you can submit any bugs this way. 
      </para>
      
      <para lang="en">
	Please note that some of MATE applications are developed outside of MATE, or by
	commercial companies (these products are still free
	software). For example, <application>blueman</application>, a
	bluetooth application, is developed at <link xlink:href="https://github.com/blueman-project/blueman/">GitHub</link>. Bug reports and
	comments about these products should be directed to the
	respective organization or company.
	</para>

    </section>

    <section xml:id="feedback-wishlist"><info><title>建议和评论</title></info> 
      <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from mate-desktop/desktop-docs/mate-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->      
      <para lang="en"> 
	If you have a suggestion or want to request a new feature for
      one of the applications, it can also be done using the bug
      tracking database. Submit your suggestion as a bug report as
      described in <xref linkend="feedback-bugs"/> and at the appropriate
      step select <guilabel>Severity: Enhancement</guilabel>. 
      </para>
    </section>

    <section xml:id="feedback-docs"><info><title>文档注释</title></info>
      <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: This section is material taken from mate-desktop/desktop-docs/mate-feedback/ Look for existing translations there before translating it all over again :) -->      
      <para lang="en"> If you found an inaccuracy or misprint in one of MATE
	documents, or have any comments or suggestions about
	documentation, please let us know! The easiest way of doing so
	is by submitting a bug report as explained before and
	selecting <guilabel>Component: docs</guilabel> at appropriate
	steps (or <guilabel>general</guilabel> if there is no
	<guilabel>docs</guilabel> component). If your comment is about
	general MATE documentation (such as <citetitle>MATE Users
	Guide</citetitle>) rather than specific application manual,
	select <guilabel>Product: mate-user-docs</guilabel>.
      </para>
      <para lang="en">
	Alternatively, you can just send your comments by email to the
	<link xlink:href="http://ml.mate-desktop.org/listinfo">MATE
	Documentation Project</link> mailing list.
      </para>
    </section>
    <!-- NOTE TO TRANSLATORS: end of old material -->

    <section xml:id="joinmate"><info><title>加入 MATE 项目</title></info>
      <para>我们希望您在使用 MATE 的过程中感到愉悦，并希望 MATE 系列软件能够在工作中助您一臂之力。但是，软件总是可以改进的。</para>
      <para>如果您有空闲时间，MATE 邀请您加入我们的自由软件社区。您可以做出贡献的方式有很多。MATE 需要程序员，但也需要翻译者、文档撰写者、测试者、美工、作家等等。</para>
      <para lang="en">For more information on how you can get in touch with our community, please visit <link xlink:href="https://mate-desktop.org/community/">https://mate-desktop.org/community/</link>.</para>
      <para lang="en">You are always welcome to make pull requests at our <link xlink:href="https://github.com/mate-desktop">GitHub</link> repo.</para>
      <para lang="en">For more information on giving feedback on MATE, such as bug reports, suggestions, and corrections to documentation, see <xref linkend="feedback-bugs"/>.</para>
    </section>
  </appendix>    <!-- Feedback -->

</book>
